1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11 // builds ASTs. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" 51 #include <deque> 52 #include <memory> 53 #include <string> 54 #include <vector> 55 56 namespace llvm { 57 class APSInt; 58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 60 class SmallBitVector; 61 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 62 } 63 64 namespace clang { 65 class ADLResult; 66 class ASTConsumer; 67 class ASTContext; 68 class ASTMutationListener; 69 class ASTReader; 70 class ASTWriter; 71 class ArrayType; 72 class AttributeList; 73 class BlockDecl; 74 class CapturedDecl; 75 class CXXBasePath; 76 class CXXBasePaths; 77 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 78 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 79 class CXXConstructorDecl; 80 class CXXConversionDecl; 81 class CXXDeleteExpr; 82 class CXXDestructorDecl; 83 class CXXFieldCollector; 84 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 85 class CXXMethodDecl; 86 class CXXScopeSpec; 87 class CXXTemporary; 88 class CXXTryStmt; 89 class CallExpr; 90 class ClassTemplateDecl; 91 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 92 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 93 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 94 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 95 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 96 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 97 class CodeCompletionResult; 98 class Decl; 99 class DeclAccessPair; 100 class DeclContext; 101 class DeclRefExpr; 102 class DeclaratorDecl; 103 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 104 class DependentDiagnostic; 105 class DesignatedInitExpr; 106 class Designation; 107 class EnableIfAttr; 108 class EnumConstantDecl; 109 class Expr; 110 class ExtVectorType; 111 class ExternalSemaSource; 112 class FormatAttr; 113 class FriendDecl; 114 class FunctionDecl; 115 class FunctionProtoType; 116 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 117 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 118 class InitListExpr; 119 class InitializationKind; 120 class InitializationSequence; 121 class InitializedEntity; 122 class IntegerLiteral; 123 class LabelStmt; 124 class LambdaExpr; 125 class LangOptions; 126 class LocalInstantiationScope; 127 class LookupResult; 128 class MacroInfo; 129 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; 130 class ModuleLoader; 131 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 132 class NamedDecl; 133 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 134 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 135 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 136 class ObjCContainerDecl; 137 class ObjCImplDecl; 138 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 139 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 140 class ObjCIvarDecl; 141 template <class T> class ObjCList; 142 class ObjCMessageExpr; 143 class ObjCMethodDecl; 144 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 145 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 146 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 147 class OMPClause; 148 struct OverloadCandidate; 149 class OverloadCandidateSet; 150 class OverloadExpr; 151 class ParenListExpr; 152 class ParmVarDecl; 153 class Preprocessor; 154 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 155 class PseudoObjectExpr; 156 class QualType; 157 class StandardConversionSequence; 158 class Stmt; 159 class StringLiteral; 160 class SwitchStmt; 161 class TemplateArgument; 162 class TemplateArgumentList; 163 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 164 class TemplateDecl; 165 class TemplateParameterList; 166 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 167 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 168 class Token; 169 class TypeAliasDecl; 170 class TypedefDecl; 171 class TypedefNameDecl; 172 class TypeLoc; 173 class TypoCorrectionConsumer; 174 class UnqualifiedId; 175 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 176 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 177 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 178 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 179 class UsingDecl; 180 class UsingShadowDecl; 181 class ValueDecl; 182 class VarDecl; 183 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 184 class VisibilityAttr; 185 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 186 class IndirectFieldDecl; 187 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 188 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 189 190 namespace sema { 191 class AccessedEntity; 192 class BlockScopeInfo; 193 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 194 class CapturingScopeInfo; 195 class CompoundScopeInfo; 196 class DelayedDiagnostic; 197 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 198 class FunctionScopeInfo; 199 class LambdaScopeInfo; 200 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 201 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 202 } 203 204 namespace threadSafety { 205 class BeforeSet; 206 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); 207 } 208 209 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 210 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 211 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 212 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 213 214 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given 215 /// file. 216 struct FileNullability { 217 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does 218 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. 219 SourceLocation PointerLoc; 220 221 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. 222 uint8_t PointerKind; 223 224 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. 225 bool SawTypeNullability = false; 226 }; 227 228 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability 229 /// information in that file. 230 class FileNullabilityMap { 231 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. 232 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; 233 234 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. 235 struct { 236 FileID File; 237 FileNullability Nullability; 238 } Cache; 239 240 public: 241 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { 242 // Check the single-element cache. 243 if (file == Cache.File) 244 return Cache.Nullability; 245 246 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. 247 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { 248 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; 249 } 250 251 // Pull this entry into the cache. 252 Cache.File = file; 253 Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; 254 return Cache.Nullability; 255 } 256 }; 257 258 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 259 class Sema { 260 Sema(const Sema &) = delete; 261 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; 262 263 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 264 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 265 266 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 267 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 268 269 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 270 271 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); 272 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl * Old,const NamedDecl * New)273 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, 274 const NamedDecl *New) { 275 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 276 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 277 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 278 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 279 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 280 // with internal linkage. 281 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible(); 282 } 283 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); 284 285 public: 286 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 287 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 288 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 289 290 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 291 FPOptions FPFeatures; 292 293 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 294 Preprocessor &PP; 295 ASTContext &Context; 296 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 297 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 298 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 299 300 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 301 bool CollectStats; 302 303 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 304 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 305 306 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 307 DeclContext *CurContext; 308 309 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 310 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 311 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 312 313 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 314 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 315 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 316 317 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 318 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 319 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 320 321 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 322 323 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. 324 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind 325 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; 326 327 enum PragmaVtorDispKind { 328 PVDK_Push, ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode) 329 PVDK_Set, ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode) 330 PVDK_Pop, ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop) 331 PVDK_Reset ///< #pragma vtordisp() 332 }; 333 334 enum PragmaMsStackAction { 335 PSK_Reset, // #pragma () 336 PSK_Set, // #pragma ("name") 337 PSK_Push, // #pragma (push[, id]) 338 PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name") 339 PSK_Pop, // #pragma (pop[, id]) 340 PSK_Pop_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], "name") 341 }; 342 343 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft 344 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: 345 /// 346 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps 347 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial 348 /// structors 349 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed 350 /// objects 351 /// 352 /// The stack always has at least one element in it. 353 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack; 354 355 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. 356 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; 357 358 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs 359 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; 360 361 template<typename ValueType> 362 struct PragmaStack { 363 struct Slot { 364 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; 365 ValueType Value; 366 SourceLocation PragmaLocation; SlotPragmaStack::Slot367 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, 368 ValueType Value, 369 SourceLocation PragmaLocation) 370 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), 371 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {} 372 }; 373 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, 374 PragmaMsStackAction Action, 375 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, 376 ValueType Value); PragmaStackPragmaStack377 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value) 378 : CurrentValue(Value) {} 379 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; 380 ValueType CurrentValue; 381 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; 382 }; 383 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but 384 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). 385 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; 386 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; 387 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; 388 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; 389 390 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. 391 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; 392 393 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. 394 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; 395 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; 396 397 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 398 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 399 400 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" 401 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If 402 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. 403 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; 404 405 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 406 /// 407 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 408 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 409 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 410 411 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 412 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 413 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 414 415 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 416 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 417 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 418 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 419 420 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs 421 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not 422 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue 423 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions 424 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each 425 /// full expression. 426 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 427 428 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 429 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 430 /// 431 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 432 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 433 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 434 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 435 436 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 437 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 438 ExtVectorDeclsType; 439 440 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 441 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 442 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 443 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 444 445 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 446 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 447 448 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 449 450 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 451 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 452 453 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. 454 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> 455 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; 456 457 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit 458 /// 459 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions 460 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression 461 /// used in initializer of the field. 462 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; 463 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; 464 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; 465 466 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 467 468 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 469 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 470 /// same list more than once. 471 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 472 473 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 474 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 475 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 476 477 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 478 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 479 480 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 481 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 482 TentativeDefinitionsType; 483 484 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 485 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 486 487 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 488 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 489 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 490 491 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 492 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 493 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 494 495 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 496 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 497 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 498 499 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 500 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 501 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 502 503 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition 504 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden 505 /// function. 506 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> 507 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; 508 509 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 510 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 511 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 512 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 513 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 514 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 515 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 516 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 517 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 518 519 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 520 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 521 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 522 523 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 524 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 525 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); 526 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 527 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; 528 void *OpaqueParser; 529 SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB * LTP,LateTemplateParserCleanupCB * LTPCleanup,void * P)530 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, 531 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, 532 void *P) { 533 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 534 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; 535 OpaqueParser = P; 536 } 537 538 class DelayedDiagnostics; 539 540 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 541 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 542 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 543 }; 544 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 545 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 546 547 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 548 /// during parsing and other processing. 549 class DelayedDiagnostics { 550 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 551 /// diagnostics should go. 552 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 553 554 public: DelayedDiagnostics()555 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} 556 557 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 558 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 559 560 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. shouldDelayDiagnostics()561 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } 562 563 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. getCurrentPool()564 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 565 return CurPool; 566 } 567 568 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 569 /// collected in this pool. push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)570 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 571 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 572 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 573 CurPool = &pool; 574 return state; 575 } 576 577 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 578 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 579 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)580 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 581 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 582 } 583 584 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 585 /// not delayed. pushUndelayed()586 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 587 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 588 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 589 CurPool = nullptr; 590 return state; 591 } 592 593 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)594 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 595 assert(CurPool == nullptr); 596 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 597 } 598 } DelayedDiagnostics; 599 600 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 601 class ContextRAII { 602 private: 603 Sema &S; 604 DeclContext *SavedContext; 605 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 606 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 607 608 public: 609 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) S(S)610 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 611 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 612 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 613 { 614 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 615 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 616 if (NewThisContext) 617 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); 618 } 619 pop()620 void pop() { 621 if (!SavedContext) return; 622 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 623 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 624 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 625 SavedContext = nullptr; 626 } 627 ~ContextRAII()628 ~ContextRAII() { 629 pop(); 630 } 631 }; 632 633 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 634 /// a function body. 635 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 636 Sema &S; 637 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 638 639 public: SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema & S,DeclContext * DC)640 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 641 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 642 { 643 S.PushFunctionScope(); 644 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 645 } 646 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope()647 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 648 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 649 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 650 } 651 }; 652 653 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 654 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 655 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 656 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 657 658 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 659 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 660 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 661 /// in the currently selected standard. 662 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 663 664 665 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 666 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 667 668 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 669 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 670 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 671 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 672 /// It would be best to refactor this. 673 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 674 675 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 676 677 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 678 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 679 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 680 Scope *TUScope; 681 682 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 683 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 684 685 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 686 /// standard library. 687 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 688 689 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 690 /// \<initializer_list>. 691 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 692 693 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 694 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 695 696 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 697 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 698 699 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 700 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 701 702 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 704 705 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. 706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; 707 708 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 709 QualType NSNumberPointer; 710 711 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). 712 QualType NSValuePointer; 713 714 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 715 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 716 717 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 719 720 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 721 QualType NSStringPointer; 722 723 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 724 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 725 726 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. 727 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; 728 729 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 731 732 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 733 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 734 735 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 736 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 737 738 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 739 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 740 741 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 742 QualType QIDNSCopying; 743 744 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 745 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 746 747 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names. 748 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter; 749 750 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 751 /// have been declared. 752 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 753 754 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 755 /// references to fields. This is really a 756 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 757 758 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 759 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 760 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 761 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 762 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 763 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 764 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 765 /// run time. 766 Unevaluated, 767 768 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 769 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 770 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 771 UnevaluatedAbstract, 772 773 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 774 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 775 /// cases in a switch statement). 776 ConstantEvaluated, 777 778 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 779 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 780 /// expression at run time. 781 PotentiallyEvaluated, 782 783 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 784 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 785 /// in fact the current expression is used. 786 /// 787 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 788 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 789 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 790 /// until the default argument is used. 791 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 792 }; 793 794 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 795 /// expression evaluation contexts. 796 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 797 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 798 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 799 800 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 801 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 802 803 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 804 bool IsDecltype; 805 806 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 807 /// this expression evaluation context. 808 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 809 810 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation 811 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). 812 unsigned NumTypos; 813 814 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 815 816 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 817 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 818 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 819 820 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 821 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 822 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 823 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 824 825 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 826 /// and block literals within this context. 827 /// 828 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 829 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 830 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 831 832 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 833 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 834 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 835 836 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 837 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 838 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 839 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecordExpressionEvaluationContextRecord840 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 841 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 842 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 843 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 844 bool IsDecltype) 845 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 846 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 847 NumTypos(0), 848 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 849 850 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 851 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 852 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); 853 isUnevaluatedExpressionEvaluationContextRecord854 bool isUnevaluated() const { 855 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 856 } 857 }; 858 859 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 860 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 861 862 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 863 /// block literal. 864 /// 865 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 866 /// block literal. 867 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 868 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 869 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 870 const DeclContext *DC, 871 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 872 873 874 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 875 /// function. 876 /// 877 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 878 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 879 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 880 public: 881 enum Kind { 882 NoMemberOrDeleted, 883 Ambiguous, 884 Success 885 }; 886 887 private: 888 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 889 890 public: SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID & ID)891 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 892 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 893 {} 894 getMethod()895 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } setMethod(CXXMethodDecl * MD)896 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 897 getKind()898 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } setKind(Kind K)899 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 900 }; 901 902 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 903 /// for C++ records. 904 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 905 906 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits 907 /// attribute. 908 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; 909 910 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 911 /// 912 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 913 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 914 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 915 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 916 /// checks. 917 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 918 919 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 920 921 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 922 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 923 924 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> 925 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 926 927 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 928 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 929 /// 930 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 931 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 932 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 933 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 934 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 935 936 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 937 // argument locations. 938 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 939 940 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 941 /// definition in this translation unit. 942 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 943 944 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 945 void getUndefinedButUsed( 946 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 947 948 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at 949 /// the end of translation unit. 950 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & 951 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; 952 953 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 954 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 955 956 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 957 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 958 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 959 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 960 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 961 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 962 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 963 964 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 965 /// of -Wselector. 966 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 967 968 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 969 enum CXXSpecialMember { 970 CXXDefaultConstructor, 971 CXXCopyConstructor, 972 CXXMoveConstructor, 973 CXXCopyAssignment, 974 CXXMoveAssignment, 975 CXXDestructor, 976 CXXInvalid 977 }; 978 979 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 980 981 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 982 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 983 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 984 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 985 986 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 987 988 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 989 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 990 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 991 992 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 993 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 994 /// should not be used elsewhere. 995 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 996 997 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 998 /// statements. 999 class FPContractStateRAII { 1000 public: FPContractStateRAII(Sema & S)1001 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 1002 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} ~FPContractStateRAII()1003 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 1004 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 1005 } 1006 private: 1007 Sema& S; 1008 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 1009 }; 1010 1011 /// Records and restores the vtordisp state on entry/exit of C++ method body. 1012 class VtorDispStackRAII { 1013 public: VtorDispStackRAII(Sema & S,bool ShouldSaveAndRestore)1014 VtorDispStackRAII(Sema &S, bool ShouldSaveAndRestore) 1015 : S(S), ShouldSaveAndRestore(ShouldSaveAndRestore), OldVtorDispStack() { 1016 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore) 1017 OldVtorDispStack = S.VtorDispModeStack; 1018 } ~VtorDispStackRAII()1019 ~VtorDispStackRAII() { 1020 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore) 1021 S.VtorDispModeStack = OldVtorDispStack; 1022 } 1023 private: 1024 Sema &S; 1025 bool ShouldSaveAndRestore; 1026 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> OldVtorDispStack; 1027 }; 1028 1029 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); 1030 1031 public: 1032 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 1033 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 1034 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); 1035 ~Sema(); 1036 1037 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 1038 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 1039 void Initialize(); 1040 getLangOpts()1041 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } getOpenCLOptions()1042 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } getFPOptions()1043 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 1044 getDiagnostics()1045 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } getSourceManager()1046 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } getPreprocessor()1047 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } getASTContext()1048 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } getASTConsumer()1049 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 1050 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; getExternalSource()1051 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 1052 1053 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 1054 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 1055 /// 1056 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 1057 /// 1058 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 1059 1060 void PrintStats() const; 1061 1062 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 1063 /// template instantiation stacks. 1064 /// 1065 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 1066 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 1067 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 1068 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 1069 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 1070 /// well. 1071 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 1072 Sema &SemaRef; 1073 unsigned DiagID; 1074 1075 public: SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder & DB,Sema & SemaRef,unsigned DiagID)1076 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 1077 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 1078 1079 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move 1080 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not 1081 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So 1082 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the 1083 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op 1084 // in that case anwyay. 1085 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; 1086 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder()1087 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 1088 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 1089 if (!isActive()) return; 1090 1091 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 1092 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 1093 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 1094 // 1095 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 1096 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 1097 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 1098 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 1099 // eliminate that code. 1100 FlushCounts(); 1101 Clear(); 1102 1103 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 1104 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 1105 } 1106 1107 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 1108 template<typename T> 1109 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 1110 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 1111 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 1112 BaseDiag << Value; 1113 return Diag; 1114 } 1115 }; 1116 1117 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. Diag(SourceLocation Loc,unsigned DiagID)1118 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 1119 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 1120 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 1121 } 1122 1123 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 1124 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 1125 1126 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 1127 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 1128 1129 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 1130 1131 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 1132 std::string 1133 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 1134 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 1135 1136 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() 1137 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); 1138 1139 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. 1140 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; 1141 1142 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); 1143 1144 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 1145 1146 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 1147 1148 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 1149 1150 void PushFunctionScope(); 1151 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 1152 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); 1153 1154 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth 1155 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth 1156 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. 1157 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); 1158 1159 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 1160 RecordDecl *RD, 1161 CapturedRegionKind K); 1162 void 1163 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, 1164 const Decl *D = nullptr, 1165 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); 1166 getCurFunction()1167 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 1168 return FunctionScopes.back(); 1169 } 1170 getEnclosingFunction()1171 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const { 1172 if (FunctionScopes.empty()) 1173 return nullptr; 1174 1175 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) { 1176 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e])) 1177 continue; 1178 return FunctionScopes[e]; 1179 } 1180 return nullptr; 1181 } 1182 1183 template <typename ExprT> 1184 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 1185 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 1186 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 1187 } 1188 1189 void PushCompoundScope(); 1190 void PopCompoundScope(); 1191 1192 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 1193 1194 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 1195 1196 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 1197 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 1198 1199 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. 1200 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 1201 1202 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. 1203 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); 1204 1205 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 1206 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1207 1208 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls WeakTopLevelDecls()1209 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1210 1211 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1212 1213 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1214 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1215 // 1216 1217 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1218 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); 1219 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1220 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); 1221 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1222 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1223 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1224 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1225 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1226 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1227 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1228 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1229 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1230 1231 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1232 1233 /// \brief Build a function type. 1234 /// 1235 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1236 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1237 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1238 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1239 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1240 /// 1241 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1242 /// 1243 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1244 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1245 /// function parameters. 1246 /// 1247 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1248 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1249 /// type that will have function type. 1250 /// 1251 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1252 /// type, if known. 1253 /// 1254 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1255 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1256 /// 1257 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1258 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1259 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1260 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1261 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1262 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1263 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1264 1265 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1266 SourceLocation Loc, 1267 DeclarationName Entity); 1268 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1269 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1270 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1271 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1272 1273 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1274 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1275 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1276 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1277 1278 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1279 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1280 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1281 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1282 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, 1283 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); 1284 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1285 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1286 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1287 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, 1288 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); 1289 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); 1290 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1291 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1292 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1293 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1294 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1295 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1296 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1297 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1298 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1299 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr, 1300 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr, 1301 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1302 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1303 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1304 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1305 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1306 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1307 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1308 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1309 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1310 1311 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1312 1313 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1314 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1315 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1316 1317 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1318 struct TypeDiagnoser { TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1319 TypeDiagnoser() {} 1320 1321 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; ~TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1322 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1323 }; 1324 getPrintable(int I)1325 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } getPrintable(unsigned I)1326 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } getPrintable(bool B)1327 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } getPrintable(const char * S)1328 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } getPrintable(StringRef S)1329 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } getPrintable(const std::string & S)1330 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo * II)1331 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1332 return II; 1333 } getPrintable(DeclarationName N)1334 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } getPrintable(QualType T)1335 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } getPrintable(SourceRange R)1336 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } getPrintable(SourceLocation L)1337 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } getPrintable(const Expr * E)1338 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } getPrintable(TypeLoc TL)1339 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1340 1341 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { 1342 unsigned DiagID; 1343 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; 1344 1345 template <std::size_t... Is> emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & DB,llvm::index_sequence<Is...>)1346 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, 1347 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { 1348 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. 1349 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; 1350 (void)Dummy; 1351 } 1352 1353 public: BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1354 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) 1355 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { 1356 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser"); 1357 } 1358 diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1359 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1360 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); 1361 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); 1362 DB << T; 1363 } 1364 }; 1365 1366 private: 1367 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1368 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); 1369 1370 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; 1371 llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack; 1372 1373 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule; 1374 1375 public: 1376 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. 1377 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity); 1378 1379 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND 1380 /// visible at the specified location. 1381 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc); 1382 isModuleVisible(Module * M)1383 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } 1384 1385 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. isVisible(const NamedDecl * D)1386 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { 1387 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); 1388 } 1389 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); 1390 1391 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration 1392 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. 1393 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, 1394 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl * D)1395 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { 1396 NamedDecl *Hidden; 1397 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); 1398 } 1399 1400 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. 1401 bool 1402 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, 1403 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); 1404 1405 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations 1406 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to 1407 /// an extension warning. 1408 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, 1409 const NamedDecl *B); 1410 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( 1411 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, 1412 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); 1413 isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1414 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1415 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); 1416 } 1417 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1418 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1419 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1420 unsigned DiagID); 1421 1422 template <typename... Ts> RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1423 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 1424 const Ts &...Args) { 1425 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); 1426 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1427 } 1428 1429 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); 1430 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1431 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1432 1433 template <typename... Ts> RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1434 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { 1435 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); 1436 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1437 } 1438 1439 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1440 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1441 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1442 1443 template <typename... Ts> RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1444 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 1445 const Ts &...Args) { 1446 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); 1447 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1448 } 1449 1450 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1451 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1452 1453 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1454 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated 1455 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). 1456 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, 1457 bool AsUnevaluated = true); 1458 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1459 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1460 SourceLocation Loc); 1461 1462 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1463 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1464 // 1465 1466 struct SkipBodyInfo { SkipBodyInfoSkipBodyInfo1467 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {} 1468 bool ShouldSkip; 1469 NamedDecl *Previous; 1470 }; 1471 1472 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1473 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1474 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1475 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1476 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1477 1478 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); 1479 1480 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1481 1482 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1483 1484 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1485 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, 1486 bool isClassName = false, 1487 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1488 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1489 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1490 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1491 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); 1492 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1493 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1494 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1495 SourceLocation IILoc, 1496 Scope *S, 1497 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1498 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 1499 bool AllowClassTemplates = false); 1500 1501 /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default 1502 /// template type arguments until instantiation time. Emits a warning and 1503 /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any 1504 /// other template arguments. 1505 ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1506 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1507 1508 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1509 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1510 enum NameClassificationKind { 1511 NC_Unknown, 1512 NC_Error, 1513 NC_Keyword, 1514 NC_Type, 1515 NC_Expression, 1516 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1517 NC_TypeTemplate, 1518 NC_VarTemplate, 1519 NC_FunctionTemplate 1520 }; 1521 1522 class NameClassification { 1523 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1524 ExprResult Expr; 1525 TemplateName Template; 1526 ParsedType Type; 1527 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1528 NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind)1529 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1530 1531 public: NameClassification(ExprResult Expr)1532 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1533 NameClassification(ParsedType Type)1534 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1535 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo * Keyword)1536 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1537 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1538 Error()1539 static NameClassification Error() { 1540 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1541 } 1542 Unknown()1543 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1544 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1545 } 1546 NestedNameSpecifier()1547 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1548 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1549 } 1550 TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name)1551 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1552 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1553 Result.Template = Name; 1554 return Result; 1555 } 1556 VarTemplate(TemplateName Name)1557 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1558 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1559 Result.Template = Name; 1560 return Result; 1561 } 1562 FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name)1563 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1564 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1565 Result.Template = Name; 1566 return Result; 1567 } 1568 getKind()1569 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1570 getType()1571 ParsedType getType() const { 1572 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1573 return Type; 1574 } 1575 getExpression()1576 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1577 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1578 return Expr; 1579 } 1580 getTemplateName()1581 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1582 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1583 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1584 return Template; 1585 } 1586 getTemplateNameKind()1587 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1588 switch (Kind) { 1589 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1590 return TNK_Type_template; 1591 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1592 return TNK_Function_template; 1593 case NC_VarTemplate: 1594 return TNK_Var_template; 1595 default: 1596 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification."); 1597 } 1598 } 1599 }; 1600 1601 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1602 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1603 /// 1604 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1605 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1606 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1607 /// 1608 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1609 /// 1610 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1611 /// 1612 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1613 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1614 /// 1615 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1616 /// 1617 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1618 /// disambiguate the name. 1619 /// 1620 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1621 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1622 /// expression. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1625 NameClassification 1626 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1627 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 1628 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1629 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); 1630 1631 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1632 1633 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1634 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1635 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1636 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1637 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1638 DeclarationName Name, 1639 SourceLocation Loc); 1640 void 1641 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, 1642 SourceLocation FallbackLoc, 1643 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), 1644 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), 1645 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), 1646 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation()); 1647 1648 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); 1649 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1650 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1651 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1652 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1653 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); 1654 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 1655 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); 1656 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1657 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1659 LookupResult &Previous); 1660 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1661 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1662 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1663 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1664 LookupResult &Previous, 1665 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1666 bool &AddToScope); 1667 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1668 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1669 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1670 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1671 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1672 1673 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1674 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1675 LookupResult &Previous, 1676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1677 bool &AddToScope); 1678 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1679 1680 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1681 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1682 1683 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1684 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1685 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1686 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1687 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1688 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1689 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1690 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1691 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1692 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1693 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); 1694 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1695 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1696 SourceLocation Loc, 1697 QualType T); 1698 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1699 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1700 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1701 StorageClass SC); 1702 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1703 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1704 Expr *defarg); 1705 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1706 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1707 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1708 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1709 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1710 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1711 1712 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1713 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1714 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1715 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1716 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); 1717 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1718 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 1719 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 1720 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 1721 SourceLocation AttrEnd); 1722 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1723 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1724 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1725 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1726 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1727 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1728 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1729 1730 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1731 /// documentation comments. 1732 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1733 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1734 1735 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1736 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1737 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( 1738 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, 1739 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 1740 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1741 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1742 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 1743 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, 1744 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 1745 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); isObjCMethodDecl(Decl * D)1746 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1747 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1748 } 1749 1750 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or 1751 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting 1752 /// code for that function. 1753 /// 1754 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the 1755 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to 1756 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 1757 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. 1758 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); 1759 1760 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1761 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1762 /// code for that function. 1763 /// 1764 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1765 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1766 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1767 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1768 1769 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1770 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1771 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1772 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1773 void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D); 1774 1775 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1776 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1777 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1778 1779 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1780 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1781 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1782 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1783 1784 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1785 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1786 /// specified threshold. 1787 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1788 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1789 QualType ReturnTy, 1790 NamedDecl *D); 1791 1792 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1793 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1794 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1795 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1796 1797 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1798 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1799 AttributeList *AttrList, 1800 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1801 1802 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1803 /// 1804 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1805 /// 1806 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1807 /// 1808 /// \param Path The module access path. 1809 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1810 ModuleIdPath Path); 1811 1812 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a 1813 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. 1814 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); 1815 1816 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. 1817 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); 1818 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. 1819 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); 1820 1821 /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context, 1822 /// emit error if not. 1823 void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc); 1824 1825 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1826 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. 1827 /// 1828 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup 1829 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user 1830 /// has forgotten to import. 1831 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 1832 Module *Mod); 1833 1834 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond 1835 /// to %select values in diagnostics. 1836 enum class MissingImportKind { 1837 Declaration, 1838 Definition, 1839 DefaultArgument 1840 }; 1841 1842 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but 1843 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. 1844 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, 1845 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover = true); 1846 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, 1847 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, 1848 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); 1849 1850 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. getPrintingPolicy()1851 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1852 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1853 } 1854 1855 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1856 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1857 const Preprocessor &PP); 1858 1859 /// Scope actions. 1860 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1861 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1862 1863 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1864 DeclSpec &DS); 1865 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1866 DeclSpec &DS, 1867 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1868 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1869 1870 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1871 AccessSpecifier AS, 1872 RecordDecl *Record, 1873 const PrintingPolicy &Policy); 1874 1875 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1876 RecordDecl *Record); 1877 1878 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1879 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1880 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1881 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 1882 1883 enum TagUseKind { 1884 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1885 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1886 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1887 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1888 }; 1889 1890 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1891 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1892 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1893 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1894 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1895 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1896 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1897 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1898 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 1899 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 1900 1901 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1902 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1903 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1904 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1905 AttributeList *Attr, 1906 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1907 1908 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1909 unsigned TagSpec, 1910 TagUseKind TUK, 1911 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1912 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1913 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1914 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1915 1916 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1917 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1918 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1919 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1920 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1921 1922 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1923 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1924 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1925 AccessSpecifier AS); 1926 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1927 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1928 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1929 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1930 AccessSpecifier AS, 1931 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1932 1933 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1934 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1935 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1936 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1937 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1938 SourceLocation TSSL, 1939 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1940 Declarator *D = nullptr); 1941 1942 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1943 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1944 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1945 bool Diagnose = false); 1946 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1947 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1948 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1949 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1950 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1951 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1952 1953 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1954 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1955 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1956 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1957 AttributeList *AttrList); 1958 1959 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1960 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1961 /// struct, or union). 1962 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1963 1964 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; 1965 1966 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. 1967 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); 1968 1969 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1970 1971 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1972 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1973 /// member declarations. 1974 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1975 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1976 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 1977 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1978 1979 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1980 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1981 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1982 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1983 1984 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); 1985 1986 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1987 1988 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1989 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1990 /// 1991 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1992 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1993 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1994 1995 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1996 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1997 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1998 1999 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 2000 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 2001 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2002 IdentifierInfo *Id, 2003 Expr *val); 2004 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 2005 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 2006 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 2007 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, 2008 const EnumDecl *Prev); 2009 2010 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. 2011 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. 2012 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 2013 SourceLocation IILoc); 2014 2015 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 2016 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2017 AttributeList *Attrs, 2018 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 2019 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2020 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 2021 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 2022 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 2023 2024 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 2025 2026 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 2027 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 2028 void PopDeclContext(); 2029 2030 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 2031 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 2032 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 2033 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 2034 2035 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 2036 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 2037 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 2038 2039 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 2040 2041 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 2042 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 2043 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 2044 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 2045 2046 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 2047 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 2048 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 2049 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 2050 2051 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 2052 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 2053 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 2054 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 2055 2056 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 2057 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 2058 2059 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 2060 /// top level scope. 2061 /// 2062 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 2063 /// 2064 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 2065 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 2066 2067 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 2068 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 2069 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 2070 /// 2071 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the 2072 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained 2073 /// directly within it. 2074 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, 2075 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); 2076 2077 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 2078 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 2079 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 2080 2081 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 2082 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 2083 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2084 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 2085 2086 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 2087 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 2088 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 2089 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 2090 AMK_None, 2091 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 2092 /// an exact match. 2093 AMK_Redeclaration, 2094 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 2095 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 2096 AMK_Override, 2097 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of 2098 /// a protocol requirement. 2099 AMK_ProtocolImplementation, 2100 }; 2101 2102 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 2103 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 2104 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 2105 VersionTuple Introduced, 2106 VersionTuple Deprecated, 2107 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 2108 bool IsUnavailable, 2109 StringRef Message, 2110 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, 2111 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2112 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2113 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 2114 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2115 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2116 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 2117 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2118 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2119 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2120 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2121 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2122 MSInheritanceAttr * 2123 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, 2124 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, 2125 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); 2126 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2127 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, 2128 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2129 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 2130 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2131 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2132 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 2133 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2135 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2136 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2137 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2138 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 2139 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 2140 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2141 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, 2142 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 2144 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2145 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 2146 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2147 LookupResult &OldDecls); 2148 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, 2149 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 2150 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2151 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 2152 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 2153 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); 2154 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 2155 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 2156 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 2157 2158 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 2159 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 2160 enum AssignmentAction { 2161 AA_Assigning, 2162 AA_Passing, 2163 AA_Returning, 2164 AA_Converting, 2165 AA_Initializing, 2166 AA_Sending, 2167 AA_Casting, 2168 AA_Passing_CFAudited 2169 }; 2170 2171 /// C++ Overloading. 2172 enum OverloadKind { 2173 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 2174 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 2175 Ovl_Overload, 2176 2177 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 2178 /// an existing declaration. 2179 Ovl_Match, 2180 2181 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 2182 /// non-function. 2183 Ovl_NonFunction 2184 }; 2185 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 2186 FunctionDecl *New, 2187 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 2188 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 2189 bool IsForUsingDecl); 2190 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 2191 2192 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 2193 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 2194 /// 2195 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 2196 /// an available function, false otherwise. 2197 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 2198 2199 ImplicitConversionSequence 2200 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2201 bool SuppressUserConversions, 2202 bool AllowExplicit, 2203 bool InOverloadResolution, 2204 bool CStyle, 2205 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 2206 2207 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 2208 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 2209 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 2210 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2211 bool InOverloadResolution, 2212 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 2213 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2214 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 2215 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2216 QualType &ConvertedType); 2217 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2218 QualType& ConvertedType); 2219 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 2220 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 2221 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); 2222 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 2223 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 2224 2225 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); 2226 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 2227 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2228 CastKind &Kind, 2229 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 2230 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 2231 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2232 bool InOverloadResolution, 2233 QualType &ConvertedType); 2234 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2235 CastKind &Kind, 2236 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 2237 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 2238 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2239 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 2240 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 2241 QualType &ResultTy); 2242 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 2243 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 2244 2245 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 2246 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 2247 QualType ResultType, 2248 Expr *Value, 2249 bool AllowNRVO = true); 2250 2251 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 2252 ExprResult Init); 2253 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 2254 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 2255 ExprResult Init, 2256 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 2257 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2258 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 2259 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2260 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2261 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 2262 2263 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 2264 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 2265 2266 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 2267 enum CCEKind { 2268 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 2269 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 2270 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 2271 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 2272 }; 2273 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 2274 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 2275 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 2276 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); 2277 2278 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 2279 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 2280 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 2281 public: 2282 bool Suppress; 2283 bool SuppressConversion; 2284 2285 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2286 bool SuppressConversion = false) Suppress(Suppress)2287 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2288 2289 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2290 /// for this conversion. 2291 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2292 2293 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2294 /// integral or enumeration type. 2295 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2296 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2297 2298 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2299 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2300 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2301 2302 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2303 /// is explicit. 2304 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2305 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2306 2307 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2308 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2309 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2310 2311 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2312 /// functions. 2313 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2314 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2315 2316 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2317 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2318 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2319 2320 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2321 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2322 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2323 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2324 ~ContextualImplicitConverter()2325 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2326 }; 2327 2328 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2329 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2330 2331 public: ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,bool Suppress,bool SuppressConversion)2332 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2333 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2334 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2335 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2336 2337 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2338 bool match(QualType T) override; 2339 2340 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)2341 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 2342 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2343 } 2344 2345 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2346 /// integral or enumeration type. 2347 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2348 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2349 }; 2350 2351 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2352 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2353 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2354 2355 2356 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2357 OS_Array, 2358 OS_Dictionary, 2359 OS_Error 2360 }; 2361 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2362 2363 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2364 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2365 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2366 LK_Array, 2367 LK_Dictionary, 2368 LK_Numeric, 2369 LK_Boxed, 2370 LK_String, 2371 LK_Block, 2372 LK_None 2373 }; 2374 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2375 2376 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2377 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2378 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2379 NamedDecl *Member); 2380 2381 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2382 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2383 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2384 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2385 2386 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2387 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2388 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2389 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2390 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2391 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2392 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2393 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2394 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2395 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2396 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, 2397 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2398 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2399 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2400 QualType ObjectType, 2401 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2402 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2403 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2404 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2405 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2406 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2407 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2408 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2409 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2410 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2411 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2412 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2413 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2414 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2415 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2416 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2417 QualType ObjectType, 2418 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2419 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2420 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2421 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2422 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2423 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2424 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2425 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2426 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2427 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2428 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2429 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2430 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2431 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2432 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2433 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2434 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2435 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); 2436 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2437 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2438 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2439 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2440 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2441 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); 2442 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2443 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2444 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2445 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2446 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2447 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2448 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2449 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2450 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2451 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2452 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2453 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2454 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2455 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2456 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2457 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2458 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2459 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2460 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2461 SourceLocation Loc, 2462 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2463 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2464 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2465 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2466 2467 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2468 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType(), 2469 bool TakingAddress = false); 2470 2471 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by 2472 // the expression Expr 2473 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), 2474 bool TakingAddress = false); 2475 2476 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first 2477 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. 2478 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2479 bool MissingImplicitThis = false); 2480 2481 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, 2482 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. 2483 /// 2484 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. 2485 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, 2486 bool Complain = false, 2487 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); 2488 2489 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2490 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2491 // R (A) --> R(A) 2492 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2493 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2494 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2495 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2496 2497 FunctionDecl * 2498 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2499 QualType TargetType, 2500 bool Complain, 2501 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2502 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); 2503 2504 FunctionDecl * 2505 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2506 bool Complain = false, 2507 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); 2508 2509 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2510 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2511 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2512 bool Complain = false, 2513 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2514 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2515 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2516 2517 2518 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2519 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2520 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2521 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2522 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2523 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2524 2525 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2526 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2527 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2528 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2529 2530 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2531 // range-based for loop. 2532 enum ForRangeStatus { 2533 FRS_Success, 2534 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2535 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2536 }; 2537 2538 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, 2539 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2540 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2541 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2542 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2543 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2544 2545 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2546 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2547 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2548 MultiExprArg Args, 2549 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2550 Expr *ExecConfig, 2551 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2552 2553 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2554 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2555 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2556 ExprResult *Result); 2557 2558 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2559 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2560 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2561 Expr *input); 2562 2563 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2564 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 2565 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2566 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2567 2568 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2569 SourceLocation RLoc, 2570 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2571 2572 ExprResult 2573 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2574 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2575 MultiExprArg Args, 2576 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2577 ExprResult 2578 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2579 MultiExprArg Args, 2580 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2581 2582 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2583 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2584 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); 2585 2586 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2587 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2588 /// that best represents the call. 2589 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2590 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2591 2592 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2593 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2594 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2595 bool CheckParameterNames); 2596 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2597 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2598 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2599 2600 /// \name Name lookup 2601 /// 2602 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2603 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2604 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2605 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2606 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2607 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2608 /// 2609 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2610 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2611 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2612 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2613 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2614 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2615 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2616 /// 2617 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2618 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2619 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2620 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2621 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2622 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2623 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2624 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2625 //@{ 2626 2627 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2628 enum LookupNameKind { 2629 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2630 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2631 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2632 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2633 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2634 /// structs, and unions. 2635 LookupTagName, 2636 /// Label name lookup. 2637 LookupLabel, 2638 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2639 /// class/struct/union members. 2640 LookupMemberName, 2641 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2642 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2643 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2644 LookupOperatorName, 2645 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2646 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2647 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2648 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2649 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2650 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2651 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2652 LookupNamespaceName, 2653 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2654 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2655 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2656 LookupUsingDeclName, 2657 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2658 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2659 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2660 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2661 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2662 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2663 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2664 LookupLocalFriendName, 2665 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2666 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2667 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2668 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2669 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2670 LookupAnyName 2671 }; 2672 2673 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2674 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2675 enum RedeclarationKind { 2676 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2677 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2678 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2679 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2680 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2681 ForRedeclaration 2682 }; 2683 2684 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2685 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2686 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2687 LOLR_Error, 2688 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2689 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2690 LOLR_Cooked, 2691 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2692 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2693 LOLR_Raw, 2694 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2695 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2696 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2697 LOLR_Template, 2698 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2699 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the 2700 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. 2701 LOLR_StringTemplate 2702 }; 2703 2704 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2705 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2706 bool ConstArg, 2707 bool VolatileArg, 2708 bool RValueThis, 2709 bool ConstThis, 2710 bool VolatileThis); 2711 2712 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; 2713 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> 2714 TypoRecoveryCallback; 2715 2716 private: 2717 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2718 2719 struct TypoExprState { 2720 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; 2721 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; 2722 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; 2723 TypoExprState(); 2724 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT; 2725 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT; 2726 }; 2727 2728 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. 2729 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; 2730 2731 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. 2732 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, 2733 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, 2734 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); 2735 2736 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2737 // 2738 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2739 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2740 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2741 2742 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2743 /// source. 2744 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2745 2746 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and 2747 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction 2748 /// should be skipped entirely. 2749 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> 2750 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2751 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, 2752 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2753 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, 2754 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, 2755 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 2756 bool ErrorRecovery); 2757 2758 public: 2759 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; 2760 2761 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. 2762 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); 2763 2764 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2765 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2766 /// 2767 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2768 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2769 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2770 SourceLocation Loc, 2771 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2772 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2773 = NotForRedeclaration); 2774 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2775 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2776 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2777 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2778 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2779 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 2780 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2781 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2782 bool EnteringContext = false); 2783 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2784 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2785 = NotForRedeclaration); 2786 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2787 2788 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2789 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2790 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2791 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2792 DeclAccessPair Operator, 2793 QualType T1, QualType T2); 2794 2795 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2796 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2797 2798 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2799 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2800 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2801 unsigned Quals); 2802 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2803 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2804 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2805 unsigned Quals); 2806 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2807 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2808 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2809 2810 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); 2811 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2812 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2813 bool AllowRaw, 2814 bool AllowTemplate, 2815 bool AllowStringTemplate); 2816 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2817 2818 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2819 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); 2820 2821 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2822 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2823 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2824 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2825 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2826 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2827 2828 enum CorrectTypoKind { 2829 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. 2830 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. 2831 }; 2832 2833 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2834 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2835 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2836 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, 2837 CorrectTypoKind Mode, 2838 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, 2839 bool EnteringContext = false, 2840 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, 2841 bool RecordFailure = true); 2842 2843 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2844 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, 2845 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2846 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, 2847 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, 2848 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, 2849 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, 2850 bool EnteringContext = false, 2851 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); 2852 2853 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, 2854 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there 2855 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or 2856 /// more typos could not be corrected. 2857 /// 2858 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. 2859 /// 2860 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its 2861 /// initializer. 2862 /// 2863 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if 2864 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo 2865 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different 2866 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. 2867 ExprResult 2868 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, 2869 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = 2870 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); 2871 2872 ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr * E,llvm::function_ref<ExprResult (Expr *)> Filter)2873 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, 2874 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 2875 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); 2876 } 2877 2878 ExprResult 2879 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, 2880 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = 2881 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { 2882 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); 2883 } 2884 2885 ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,llvm::function_ref<ExprResult (Expr *)> Filter)2886 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, 2887 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 2888 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); 2889 } 2890 2891 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2892 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2893 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2894 2895 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2896 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2897 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, 2898 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2899 2900 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2901 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2902 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2903 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2904 2905 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2906 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); 2907 2908 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2909 //@} 2910 2911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2912 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2913 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2914 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2915 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2916 SourceLocation Loc); 2917 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2918 Scope *S); 2919 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2920 2921 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2922 2923 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2924 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2925 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); 2926 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2927 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2928 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2929 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2930 2931 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2932 2933 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar 2934 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by 2935 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference 2936 /// type as valid. 2937 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); 2938 2939 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2940 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2941 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); 2942 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2943 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, 2944 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, 2945 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); 2946 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); 2947 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); 2948 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( 2949 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, 2950 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); 2951 2952 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2953 2954 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it 2955 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from 2956 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. 2957 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, 2958 SourceLocation Loc); 2959 2960 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. 2961 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not 2962 // one that came from a typedef. 2963 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); 2964 2965 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. 2966 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. 2967 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; 2968 2969 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given 2970 /// type. 2971 /// 2972 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be 2973 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. 2974 /// 2975 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. 2976 /// 2977 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. 2978 /// 2979 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was 2980 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C 2981 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an 2982 /// underscored type specifier. 2983 /// 2984 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. 2985 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, 2986 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, 2987 bool isContextSensitive); 2988 2989 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2990 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2991 SourceRange Range); 2992 2993 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2994 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2995 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2996 2997 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2998 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2999 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 3000 3001 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 3002 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 3003 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 3004 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 3005 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 3006 3007 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 3008 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 3009 3010 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 3011 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 3012 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 3013 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 3014 SourceLocation Loc); 3015 3016 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 3017 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 3018 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 3019 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 3020 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 3021 3022 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 3023 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 3024 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 3025 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 3026 bool SynthesizeProperties); 3027 3028 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. 3029 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); 3030 3031 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 3032 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 3033 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 3034 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 3035 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 3036 3037 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 3038 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 3039 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 3040 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 3041 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 3042 3043 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which 3044 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. 3045 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, 3046 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); 3047 3048 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and 3049 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. 3050 /// It also returns ivar's property on success. 3051 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 3052 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; 3053 3054 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 3055 /// class extensions. 3056 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 3057 SourceLocation AtLoc, 3058 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3059 FieldDeclarator &FD, 3060 Selector GetterSel, 3061 Selector SetterSel, 3062 const bool isReadWrite, 3063 unsigned &Attributes, 3064 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 3065 QualType T, 3066 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 3067 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 3068 3069 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 3070 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 3071 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 3072 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 3073 SourceLocation AtLoc, 3074 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3075 FieldDeclarator &FD, 3076 Selector GetterSel, 3077 Selector SetterSel, 3078 const bool isReadWrite, 3079 const unsigned Attributes, 3080 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 3081 QualType T, 3082 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 3083 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 3084 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); 3085 3086 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 3087 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 3088 /// setter or getter. 3089 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 3090 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); 3091 3092 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 3093 3094 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( 3095 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, 3096 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); 3097 3098 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 3099 3100 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 3101 MMS_loose, 3102 MMS_strict 3103 }; 3104 3105 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 3106 /// true, or false, accordingly. 3107 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 3108 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 3109 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 3110 3111 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 3112 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 3113 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 3114 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 3115 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 3116 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 3117 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 3118 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 3119 bool &IncompleteImpl, 3120 bool ImmediateClass, 3121 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 3122 3123 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 3124 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 3125 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 3126 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 3127 3128 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 3129 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 3130 3131 private: 3132 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 3133 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 3134 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 3135 3136 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 3137 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 3138 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 3139 bool receiverIdOrClass, 3140 bool instance); 3141 3142 public: 3143 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for 3144 /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns 3145 /// false; otherwise, it returns true 3146 bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, 3147 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, 3148 bool instance); 3149 3150 bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, 3151 SourceRange R, 3152 bool receiverIdOrClass); 3153 3154 void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, 3155 Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 3156 bool receiverIdOrClass); 3157 3158 private: 3159 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or 3160 /// nullptr if none could be found 3161 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, 3162 bool IsInstance); 3163 3164 3165 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. 3166 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, 3167 bool RecordFailure = true) { 3168 if (RecordFailure) 3169 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); 3170 return TypoCorrection(); 3171 } 3172 3173 public: 3174 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 3175 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 3176 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 3177 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 3178 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 3179 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 3180 } 3181 3182 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 3183 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 3184 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 3185 } 3186 3187 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 3188 /// pool. 3189 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 3190 3191 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 3192 /// there are multiple signatures. 3193 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 3194 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { 3195 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 3196 /*instance*/true); 3197 } 3198 3199 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 3200 /// there are multiple signatures. 3201 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 3202 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { 3203 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 3204 /*instance*/false); 3205 } 3206 3207 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 3208 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 3209 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 3210 /// implementation. 3211 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 3212 3213 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 3214 /// initialization. 3215 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 3216 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 3217 3218 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3219 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 3220 public: 3221 class FullExprArg { 3222 public: FullExprArg(Sema & actions)3223 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } 3224 release()3225 ExprResult release() { 3226 return E; 3227 } 3228 get()3229 Expr *get() const { return E; } 3230 3231 Expr *operator->() { 3232 return E; 3233 } 3234 3235 private: 3236 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 3237 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 3238 friend class Sema; 3239 FullExprArg(Expr * expr)3240 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 3241 3242 Expr *E; 3243 }; 3244 MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg)3245 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 3246 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 3247 } MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg,SourceLocation CC)3248 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 3249 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); 3250 } MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr * Arg)3251 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 3252 ExprResult FE = 3253 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 3254 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 3255 return FullExprArg(FE.get()); 3256 } 3257 3258 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 3259 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 3260 3261 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 3262 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 3263 3264 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 3265 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 3266 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 3267 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); 3268 3269 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 3270 class CompoundScopeRAII { 3271 public: CompoundScopeRAII(Sema & S)3272 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 3273 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 3274 } 3275 ~CompoundScopeRAII()3276 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 3277 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 3278 } 3279 3280 private: 3281 Sema &S; 3282 }; 3283 3284 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. 3285 struct FunctionScopeRAII { 3286 Sema &S; 3287 bool Active; FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3288 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} ~FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3289 ~FunctionScopeRAII() { 3290 if (Active) 3291 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 3292 } disableFunctionScopeRAII3293 void disable() { Active = false; } 3294 }; 3295 3296 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 3297 SourceLocation StartLoc, 3298 SourceLocation EndLoc); 3299 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 3300 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 3301 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 3302 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 3303 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 3304 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 3305 3306 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3307 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3308 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 3309 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 3310 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 3311 3312 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 3313 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 3314 Stmt *SubStmt); 3315 3316 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 3317 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 3318 Stmt *ThenVal, 3319 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 3320 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 3321 Expr *Cond, 3322 Decl *CondVar); 3323 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 3324 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 3325 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 3326 FullExprArg Cond, 3327 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 3328 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 3329 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 3330 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 3331 SourceLocation CondRParen); 3332 3333 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 3334 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3335 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 3336 Decl *SecondVar, 3337 FullExprArg Third, 3338 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3339 Stmt *Body); 3340 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 3341 Expr *collection); 3342 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 3343 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 3344 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3345 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 3346 3347 enum BuildForRangeKind { 3348 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 3349 BFRK_Build, 3350 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 3351 /// attempt any typo-correction. 3352 BFRK_Rebuild, 3353 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 3354 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 3355 BFRK_Check 3356 }; 3357 3358 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, 3359 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, 3360 Stmt *LoopVar, 3361 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 3362 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3363 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 3364 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 3365 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, 3366 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3367 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 3368 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 3369 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 3370 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3371 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 3372 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 3373 3374 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 3375 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 3376 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3377 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 3378 SourceLocation StarLoc, 3379 Expr *DestExp); 3380 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3381 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3382 3383 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 3384 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 3385 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; 3386 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 3387 CapturedRegionKind Kind, 3388 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); 3389 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 3390 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 3391 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 3392 SourceLocation Loc, 3393 unsigned NumParams); 3394 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 3395 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 3396 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, 3397 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 3398 3399 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, 3400 Scope *CurScope); 3401 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 3402 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 3403 3404 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 3405 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 3406 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 3407 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3408 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 3409 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3410 3411 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3412 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3413 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3414 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 3415 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 3416 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 3417 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 3418 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, 3419 unsigned &Offset, 3420 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 3421 SourceLocation AsmLoc); 3422 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3423 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 3424 StringRef AsmString, 3425 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 3426 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 3427 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 3428 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 3429 SourceLocation EndLoc); 3430 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, 3431 SourceLocation Location, 3432 bool AlwaysCreate); 3433 3434 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 3435 SourceLocation StartLoc, 3436 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 3437 bool Invalid = false); 3438 3439 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3440 3441 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 3442 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 3443 3444 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 3445 3446 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 3447 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 3448 3449 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 3450 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 3451 Scope *CurScope); 3452 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 3453 Expr *operand); 3454 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 3455 Expr *SynchExpr, 3456 Stmt *SynchBody); 3457 3458 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 3459 3460 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3461 SourceLocation StartLoc, 3462 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3463 IdentifierInfo *Id); 3464 3465 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3466 3467 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 3468 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 3469 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3470 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); 3471 3472 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 3473 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3474 Stmt *Handler); 3475 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3476 Expr *FilterExpr, 3477 Stmt *Block); 3478 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); 3479 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); 3480 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); 3481 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); 3482 3483 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 3484 3485 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 3486 3487 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 3488 /// of it. 3489 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 3490 3491 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 3492 /// whose result is unused, warn. 3493 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 3494 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); 3495 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 3496 3497 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 3498 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 3499 /// 3500 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 3501 /// if (condition); 3502 /// do_stuff(); 3503 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3504 const Stmt *Body, 3505 unsigned DiagID); 3506 3507 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3508 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3509 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3510 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3511 3512 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. 3513 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, 3514 SourceLocation OpLoc); 3515 3516 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a 3517 /// _Nonnull one. 3518 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 3519 SourceLocation Loc); 3520 PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)3521 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3522 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3523 } 3524 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3525 3526 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; PushParsingClass()3527 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3528 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3529 } PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state)3530 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3531 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3532 } 3533 3534 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3535 3536 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial }; 3537 3538 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD, 3539 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3540 SourceLocation Loc, 3541 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3542 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, 3543 bool ObjCPropertyAccess); 3544 3545 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3546 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); 3547 3548 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3549 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3550 3551 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3552 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3553 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr, 3554 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false); 3555 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3556 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3557 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3558 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3559 SourceLocation Loc); 3560 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3561 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3562 3563 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3564 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, 3565 bool IsDecltype = false); 3566 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3567 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3568 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3569 bool IsDecltype = false); 3570 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3571 3572 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3573 3574 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3575 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3576 3577 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3578 3579 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3580 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3581 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3582 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3583 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3584 // named expressions. 3585 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3586 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, 3587 bool OdrUse = true); 3588 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3589 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3590 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3591 3592 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3593 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3594 3595 enum TryCaptureKind { 3596 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3597 }; 3598 3599 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3600 /// 3601 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3602 /// 3603 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3604 /// 3605 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3606 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3607 /// 3608 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3609 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3610 /// 3611 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3612 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3613 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3614 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3615 /// 3616 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3617 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3618 /// variable can be captured. 3619 /// 3620 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3621 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3622 /// captured. 3623 /// 3624 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index 3625 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. 3626 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture 3627 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of 3628 /// a nested generic lambda. 3629 /// 3630 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3631 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3632 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3633 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3634 QualType &CaptureType, 3635 QualType &DeclRefType, 3636 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); 3637 3638 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3639 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3640 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3641 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3642 3643 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. 3644 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3645 3646 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3647 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3648 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3649 3650 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3651 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3652 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3653 3654 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3655 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3656 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3657 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3658 bool ForceComplain = false, 3659 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); 3660 3661 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3662 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3663 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3664 3665 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3666 /// evaluation context. 3667 /// 3668 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3669 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3670 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3671 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3672 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3673 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3674 3675 // Primary Expressions. 3676 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3677 3678 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( 3679 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3680 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3681 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, 3682 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); 3683 3684 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3685 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3686 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3687 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3688 3689 bool 3690 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3691 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, 3692 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, 3693 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); 3694 3695 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3696 IdentifierInfo *II, 3697 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3698 3699 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3700 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3701 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3702 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3703 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3704 3705 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3706 ExprValueKind VK, 3707 SourceLocation Loc, 3708 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); 3709 ExprResult 3710 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3711 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3712 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, 3713 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, 3714 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); 3715 ExprResult 3716 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3717 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3718 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3719 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3720 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), 3721 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, 3722 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3723 3724 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3725 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3726 LookupResult &R, 3727 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3728 const Scope *S); 3729 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3730 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3731 LookupResult &R, 3732 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3733 bool IsDefiniteInstance, 3734 const Scope *S); 3735 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3736 const LookupResult &R, 3737 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3738 3739 ExprResult 3740 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3741 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3742 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, 3743 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); 3744 3745 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3746 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3747 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3749 3750 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3751 LookupResult &R, 3752 bool NeedsADL, 3753 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); 3754 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3755 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3756 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, 3757 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, 3758 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); 3759 3760 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3761 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3762 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3763 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3764 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); 3765 3766 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 3767 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); 3768 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3769 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3770 3771 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 3772 3773 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); 3774 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, 3775 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); 3776 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3777 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3778 SourceLocation R, 3779 MultiExprArg Val); 3780 3781 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3782 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3783 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, 3784 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); 3785 3786 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3787 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3788 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3789 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3790 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3791 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3792 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3793 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3794 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3795 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3796 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3797 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3798 3799 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3800 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3801 Expr *InputExpr); 3802 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3803 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3804 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3805 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3806 3807 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3808 3809 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3810 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3811 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3812 SourceRange R); 3813 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3814 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3815 ExprResult 3816 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3817 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3818 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3819 SourceRange ArgRange); 3820 3821 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3822 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3823 3824 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3825 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3826 SourceRange ExprRange, 3827 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3828 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3829 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3830 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3831 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3832 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3833 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3834 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3835 3836 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3837 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3838 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3839 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3840 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, 3841 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3842 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); 3843 3844 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3845 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3846 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3847 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3848 // defines a custom operator->). 3849 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3850 Scope *S; 3851 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3852 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3853 }; 3854 3855 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( 3856 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3857 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3858 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3859 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3860 const Scope *S, 3861 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); 3862 3863 ExprResult 3864 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3865 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3866 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3867 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, 3868 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3869 const Scope *S, 3870 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3871 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); 3872 3873 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3874 3875 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3876 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3877 const LookupResult &R); 3878 3879 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3880 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3881 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3882 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3883 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3884 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3885 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3886 3887 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3888 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3889 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3890 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3891 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3892 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3893 Decl *ObjCImpDecl); 3894 3895 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3896 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3897 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3898 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3899 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3900 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3901 bool ExecConfig = false); 3902 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3903 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3904 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3905 3906 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3907 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3908 /// locations. 3909 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3910 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3911 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, 3912 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3913 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3914 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3915 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3916 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3917 Expr *Config = nullptr, 3918 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3919 3920 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3921 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3922 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3923 3924 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3925 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3926 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3927 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3928 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3929 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3930 Expr *Op); 3931 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3932 3933 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3934 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3935 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3936 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3937 3938 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3939 3940 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3941 ParsedType Ty, 3942 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3943 Expr *InitExpr); 3944 3945 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3946 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3947 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3948 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3949 3950 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3951 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3952 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3953 3954 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3955 SourceLocation Loc, 3956 bool GNUSyntax, 3957 ExprResult Init); 3958 3959 private: 3960 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); 3961 3962 public: 3963 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3964 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3965 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3966 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3967 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3968 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3969 3970 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3971 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3972 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3973 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3974 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3975 3976 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3977 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3978 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3979 3980 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3981 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3982 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3983 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3984 3985 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3986 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3987 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3988 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3989 union { 3990 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3991 Expr *E; 3992 } U; 3993 }; 3994 3995 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3996 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3998 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, 3999 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4000 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 4001 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 4002 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 4003 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 4004 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, 4005 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4006 4007 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 4008 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 4009 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 4010 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 4011 4012 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 4013 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 4014 SourceLocation RPLoc); 4015 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 4016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 4017 4018 // __null 4019 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 4020 4021 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 4022 4023 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 4024 enum IfExistsResult { 4025 /// \brief The symbol exists. 4026 IER_Exists, 4027 4028 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 4029 IER_DoesNotExist, 4030 4031 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 4032 /// from one instantiation to the next. 4033 IER_Dependent, 4034 4035 /// \brief An error occurred. 4036 IER_Error 4037 }; 4038 4039 IfExistsResult 4040 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4041 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 4042 4043 IfExistsResult 4044 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4045 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4046 UnqualifiedId &Name); 4047 4048 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4049 bool IsIfExists, 4050 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4051 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 4052 Stmt *Nested); 4053 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4054 bool IsIfExists, 4055 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 4056 Stmt *Nested); 4057 4058 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 4059 4060 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 4061 /// started. 4062 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 4063 4064 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 4065 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 4066 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 4067 Scope *CurScope); 4068 4069 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 4070 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 4071 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 4072 4073 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 4074 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 4075 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 4076 Scope *CurScope); 4077 4078 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// 4079 4080 /// __builtin_convertvector(...) 4081 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 4082 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 4083 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4084 4085 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 4086 4087 /// __builtin_astype(...) 4088 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 4089 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 4090 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4091 4092 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 4093 4094 // Act on C++ namespaces 4095 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 4096 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 4097 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 4098 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 4099 SourceLocation LBrace, 4100 AttributeList *AttrList, 4101 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); 4102 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 4103 4104 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 4105 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 4106 4107 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 4108 4109 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 4110 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 4111 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 4112 4113 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 4114 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 4115 /// 4116 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 4117 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 4118 4119 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 4120 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 4121 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 4122 4123 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 4124 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4125 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 4126 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4127 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 4128 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 4129 AttributeList *AttrList); 4130 4131 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 4132 4133 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 4134 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 4135 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 4136 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 4137 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4138 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 4139 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 4140 4141 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 4142 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 4143 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, 4144 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); 4145 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 4146 NamedDecl *Target, 4147 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); 4148 4149 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4150 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 4151 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4152 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4153 const LookupResult &Previous); 4154 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4155 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4156 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4157 SourceLocation NameLoc); 4158 4159 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4160 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4161 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4162 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 4163 AttributeList *AttrList, 4164 bool IsInstantiation, 4165 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 4166 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 4167 4168 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 4169 4170 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 4171 AccessSpecifier AS, 4172 bool HasUsingKeyword, 4173 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4174 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4175 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4176 AttributeList *AttrList, 4177 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 4178 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 4179 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 4180 AccessSpecifier AS, 4181 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4182 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 4183 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4184 AttributeList *AttrList, 4185 TypeResult Type, 4186 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); 4187 4188 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 4189 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 4190 /// 4191 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 4192 ExprResult 4193 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 4194 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 4195 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 4196 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, 4197 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 4198 SourceRange ParenRange); 4199 4200 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 4201 // the constructor can be elidable? 4202 ExprResult 4203 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 4204 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 4205 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 4206 bool IsListInitialization, 4207 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 4208 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 4209 4210 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); 4211 4212 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 4213 /// the default expr if needed. 4214 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 4215 FunctionDecl *FD, 4216 ParmVarDecl *Param); 4217 4218 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 4219 /// constructed variable. 4220 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 4221 4222 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 4223 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 4224 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 4225 // Pointer to allow copying 4226 Sema *Self; 4227 // We order exception specifications thus: 4228 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 4229 // throw() comes next. 4230 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 4231 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 4232 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 4233 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 4234 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 4235 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 4236 ClearExceptions()4237 void ClearExceptions() { 4238 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 4239 Exceptions.clear(); 4240 } 4241 4242 public: ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema & Self)4243 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 4244 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 4245 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 4246 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 4247 } 4248 4249 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. getExceptionSpecType()4250 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 4251 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 4252 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 4253 return ComputedEST; 4254 } 4255 4256 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. size()4257 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 4258 4259 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. data()4260 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 4261 4262 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 4263 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4264 4265 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 4266 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 4267 4268 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 4269 /// computed exception specification. getExceptionSpec()4270 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { 4271 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; 4272 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); 4273 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { 4274 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; 4275 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { 4276 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 4277 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 4278 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 4279 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 4280 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 4281 tok::kw_false).get(); 4282 } 4283 return ESI; 4284 } 4285 }; 4286 4287 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 4288 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 4289 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4290 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 4291 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4292 4293 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 4294 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 4295 /// will be const. 4296 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4297 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4298 4299 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 4300 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 4301 /// parameter will be const. 4302 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4303 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4304 4305 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 4306 /// constructor of a class will have. 4307 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4308 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4309 4310 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 4311 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 4312 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4313 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4314 4315 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 4316 /// destructor of a class will have. 4317 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4318 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4319 4320 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 4321 /// constructor of a class will have. 4322 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 4323 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 4324 4325 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 4326 /// special member function. 4327 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4328 4329 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 4330 /// exception specification information with the results. 4331 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, 4332 ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 4333 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 4334 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 4335 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 4336 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 4337 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); 4338 4339 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly 4340 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. 4341 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); 4342 4343 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function 4344 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed 4345 /// after the method itself was declared. 4346 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, 4347 ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 4348 SourceRange SpecificationRange, 4349 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 4350 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 4351 Expr *NoexceptExpr); 4352 4353 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 4354 /// definition when it is defaulted. 4355 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 4356 bool Diagnose = false); 4357 4358 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 4359 /// 4360 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 4361 /// default constructor will be added. 4362 /// 4363 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 4364 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 4365 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4366 4367 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 4368 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 4369 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4370 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4371 4372 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 4373 /// 4374 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 4375 /// destructor will be added. 4376 /// 4377 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 4378 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4379 4380 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 4381 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 4382 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4383 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4384 4385 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 4386 /// 4387 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 4388 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 4389 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4390 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4391 4392 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 4393 /// 4394 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 4395 /// constructors will be added. 4396 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4397 4398 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 4399 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4400 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4401 4402 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 4403 /// 4404 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 4405 /// copy constructor will be added. 4406 /// 4407 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 4408 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4409 4410 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 4411 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 4412 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4413 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4414 4415 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 4416 /// 4417 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 4418 /// move constructor will be added. 4419 /// 4420 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 4421 /// declared. 4422 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4423 4424 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 4425 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 4426 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4427 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4428 4429 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 4430 /// 4431 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 4432 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 4433 /// 4434 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 4435 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4436 4437 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 4438 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4439 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 4440 4441 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 4442 /// 4443 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 4444 /// move assignment operator will be added. 4445 /// 4446 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 4447 /// wasn't declared. 4448 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4449 4450 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 4451 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4452 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 4453 4454 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 4455 /// class. 4456 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 4457 4458 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 4459 /// special member function. 4460 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 4461 4462 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 4463 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 4464 /// 4465 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 4466 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4467 4468 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 4469 /// member function. 4470 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4471 4472 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 4473 /// static member function. 4474 /// 4475 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 4476 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 4477 4478 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 4479 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 4480 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 4481 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 4482 4483 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4484 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 4485 SourceLocation Loc, 4486 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 4487 bool AllowExplicit = false, 4488 bool IsListInitialization = false); 4489 4490 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4491 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4492 IdentifierInfo &Name); 4493 4494 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4495 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4496 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4497 ParsedType ObjectType, 4498 bool EnteringContext); 4499 4500 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 4501 4502 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 4503 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 4504 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 4505 4506 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 4507 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4508 tok::TokenKind Kind, 4509 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 4510 Declarator &D, 4511 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 4512 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4513 Expr *E, 4514 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4515 4516 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4517 tok::TokenKind Kind, 4518 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 4519 Expr *E, 4520 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 4521 SourceRange Parens); 4522 4523 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4524 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4525 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4526 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4527 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4528 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4529 Expr *Operand, 4530 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4531 4532 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 4533 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4534 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4535 void *TyOrExpr, 4536 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4537 4538 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4539 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4540 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4541 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4542 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4543 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4544 Expr *Operand, 4545 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4546 4547 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 4548 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4549 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4550 void *TyOrExpr, 4551 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4552 4553 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). 4554 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, 4555 tok::TokenKind Operator, 4556 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, 4557 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4558 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, 4559 BinaryOperatorKind Operator, 4560 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, 4561 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4562 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4563 BinaryOperatorKind Operator); 4564 4565 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 4566 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 4567 4568 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 4569 /// 4570 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 4571 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 4572 4573 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 4574 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 4575 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 4576 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 4577 4578 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4579 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4580 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4581 Sema &S; 4582 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4583 bool Enabled; 4584 4585 public: 4586 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4587 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4588 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4589 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4590 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4591 bool Enabled = true); 4592 4593 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4594 }; 4595 4596 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4597 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4598 /// 4599 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4600 /// 4601 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4602 /// capture list. 4603 /// 4604 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index 4605 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. 4606 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture 4607 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of 4608 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to 4609 /// a non-static member function or a static function). 4610 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. 4611 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, 4612 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, 4613 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr); 4614 4615 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4616 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4617 /// being defined. 4618 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4619 4620 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4621 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4622 4623 4624 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4625 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4626 4627 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4628 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4629 4630 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4631 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4632 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4633 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4634 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); 4635 4636 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4637 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4638 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4639 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4640 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4641 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4642 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4643 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4644 4645 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4646 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4647 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4648 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4649 4650 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4651 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4652 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4653 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4654 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4655 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4656 Expr *Initializer); 4657 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4658 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4659 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4660 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4661 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4662 QualType AllocType, 4663 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4664 Expr *ArraySize, 4665 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4666 Expr *Initializer, 4667 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4668 4669 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4670 SourceRange R); 4671 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4672 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4673 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4674 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4675 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4676 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4677 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4678 DeclContext *Ctx, 4679 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4680 bool Diagnose = true); 4681 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4682 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4683 QualType Param1, 4684 QualType Param2 = QualType(), 4685 bool addRestrictAttr = false); 4686 4687 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4688 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4689 bool Diagnose = true); 4690 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4691 bool CanProvideSize, 4692 DeclarationName Name); 4693 4694 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4695 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4696 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4697 Expr *Operand); 4698 4699 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4700 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4701 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4702 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4703 4704 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4705 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4706 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4707 SourceLocation RParen); 4708 4709 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4710 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4711 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4712 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4713 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4714 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4715 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4716 4717 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4718 /// pseudo-functions. 4719 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4720 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4721 ParsedType LhsTy, 4722 Expr *DimExpr, 4723 SourceLocation RParen); 4724 4725 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4726 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4727 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4728 Expr *DimExpr, 4729 SourceLocation RParen); 4730 4731 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4732 /// pseudo-functions. 4733 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4734 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4735 Expr *Queried, 4736 SourceLocation RParen); 4737 4738 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4739 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4740 Expr *Queried, 4741 SourceLocation RParen); 4742 4743 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4744 Expr *Base, 4745 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4746 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4747 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4748 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4749 4750 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4751 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4752 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4753 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4754 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4755 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4756 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4757 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); 4758 4759 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4760 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4761 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4762 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4763 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4764 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4765 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4766 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); 4767 4768 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4769 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4770 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4771 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4772 const DeclSpec& DS); 4773 4774 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4775 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4776 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4777 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4778 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4779 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4780 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr * Expr)4781 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4782 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4783 : SourceLocation()); 4784 } 4785 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4786 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4787 bool IsConstexpr = false, 4788 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); 4789 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4790 4791 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4792 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4793 4794 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4795 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4796 bool EnteringContext = false); 4797 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4798 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4799 4800 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4801 /// 4802 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4803 /// 4804 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4805 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4806 /// 4807 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4808 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4809 4810 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. 4811 /// 4812 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. 4813 /// 4814 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. 4815 /// 4816 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4817 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4818 /// 4819 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4820 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, 4821 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4822 4823 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, 4824 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); 4825 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4826 4827 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4828 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4829 IdentifierInfo &II, 4830 ParsedType ObjectType); 4831 4832 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4833 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4834 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4835 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4836 QualType ObjectType, 4837 bool EnteringContext, 4838 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4839 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4840 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, 4841 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr); 4842 4843 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4844 /// 4845 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4846 /// 4847 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4848 /// 4849 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4850 /// 4851 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4852 /// 4853 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4854 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4855 /// 4856 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4857 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4858 /// 4859 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4860 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4861 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4862 /// including this new type). 4863 /// 4864 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve 4865 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. 4866 /// 4867 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' 4868 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' 4869 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. 4870 /// 4871 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4872 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4873 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4874 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4875 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4876 ParsedType ObjectType, 4877 bool EnteringContext, 4878 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4879 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, 4880 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr); 4881 4882 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4883 4884 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4885 const DeclSpec &DS, 4886 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4887 4888 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4889 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4890 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4891 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4892 ParsedType ObjectType, 4893 bool EnteringContext); 4894 4895 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4896 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4897 /// 4898 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4899 /// 4900 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4901 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4902 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4903 /// including this new type). 4904 /// 4905 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4906 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4907 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4908 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4909 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4910 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4911 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4912 /// 4913 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4914 /// nested-name-specifier. 4915 /// 4916 /// 4917 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4918 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4919 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4920 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4921 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4922 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4923 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4924 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4925 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4926 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4927 bool EnteringContext); 4928 4929 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4930 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4931 /// nested-name-specifier. 4932 /// 4933 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4934 /// 4935 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4936 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4937 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4938 4939 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4940 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4941 /// 4942 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4943 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4944 /// 4945 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4946 /// 4947 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4948 /// of the annotation pointer. 4949 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4950 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4951 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4952 4953 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4954 4955 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4956 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4957 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4958 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4959 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4960 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4961 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4962 4963 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4964 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4965 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4966 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4967 /// defining scope. 4968 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4969 4970 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4971 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4972 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4973 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4974 /// class X. 4975 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4976 4977 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4978 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4979 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4980 4981 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4982 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4983 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4984 bool KnownDependent, 4985 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); 4986 4987 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4988 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4989 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4990 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4991 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4992 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4993 4994 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. 4995 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 4996 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4997 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4998 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4999 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 5000 bool ExplicitParams, 5001 bool ExplicitResultType, 5002 bool Mutable); 5003 5004 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform 5005 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if 5006 /// not being used to initialize a reference. actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,bool ByRef,IdentifierInfo * Id,LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind,Expr * & Init)5007 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( 5008 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, 5009 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { 5010 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( 5011 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); 5012 } 5013 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 5014 IdentifierInfo *Id, 5015 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init); 5016 5017 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's 5018 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. 5019 /// 5020 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy 5021 /// variables appropriately. 5022 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 5023 QualType InitCaptureType, 5024 IdentifierInfo *Id, 5025 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); 5026 5027 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. 5028 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); 5029 5030 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 5031 /// given lambda. 5032 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 5033 5034 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 5035 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 5036 5037 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 5038 /// statements present in the body. 5039 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 5040 5041 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 5042 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 5043 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 5044 /// lambda. 5045 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 5046 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 5047 5048 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 5049 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 5050 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 5051 bool IsInstantiation = false); 5052 5053 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 5054 /// was successfully completed. 5055 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 5056 Scope *CurScope); 5057 5058 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the 5059 /// lambda body. 5060 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, 5061 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 5062 5063 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 5064 /// function pointer. 5065 /// 5066 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 5067 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 5068 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 5069 /// block pointer conversion. 5070 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 5071 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 5072 5073 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 5074 /// block pointer. 5075 /// 5076 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 5077 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 5078 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 5079 /// block pointer conversion. 5080 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 5081 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 5082 5083 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 5084 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 5085 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 5086 Expr *Src); 5087 5088 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 5089 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 5090 Expr **Strings, 5091 unsigned NumStrings); 5092 5093 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 5094 5095 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 5096 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 5097 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 5098 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 5099 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 5100 bool Value); 5101 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 5102 5103 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 5104 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 5105 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type 5106 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", 5107 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. 5108 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 5109 5110 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 5111 Expr *IndexExpr, 5112 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 5113 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 5114 5115 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 5116 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 5117 unsigned NumElements); 5118 5119 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 5120 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 5121 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 5122 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 5123 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 5124 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 5125 5126 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 5127 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 5128 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 5129 ParsedType Ty, 5130 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 5131 5132 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 5133 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 5134 SourceLocation AtLoc, 5135 SourceLocation SelLoc, 5136 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 5137 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 5138 bool WarnMultipleSelectors); 5139 5140 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 5141 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 5142 SourceLocation AtLoc, 5143 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 5144 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 5145 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 5146 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 5147 5148 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5149 // C++ Declarations 5150 // 5151 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 5152 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5153 Expr *LangStr, 5154 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 5155 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 5156 Decl *LinkageSpec, 5157 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 5158 5159 5160 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5161 // C++ Classes 5162 // 5163 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 5164 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); 5165 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); 5166 5167 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 5168 SourceLocation ASLoc, 5169 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 5170 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr); 5171 5172 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 5173 Declarator &D, 5174 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5175 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 5176 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 5177 5178 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); 5179 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, 5180 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5181 Expr *Init); 5182 5183 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 5184 Scope *S, 5185 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5186 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 5187 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 5188 const DeclSpec &DS, 5189 SourceLocation IdLoc, 5190 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 5191 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5192 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 5193 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5194 5195 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 5196 Scope *S, 5197 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5198 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 5199 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 5200 const DeclSpec &DS, 5201 SourceLocation IdLoc, 5202 Expr *InitList, 5203 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5204 5205 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 5206 Scope *S, 5207 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5208 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 5209 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 5210 const DeclSpec &DS, 5211 SourceLocation IdLoc, 5212 Expr *Init, 5213 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5214 5215 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 5216 Expr *Init, 5217 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5218 5219 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 5220 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 5221 Expr *Init, 5222 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 5223 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5224 5225 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5226 Expr *Init, 5227 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 5228 5229 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 5230 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 5231 5232 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 5233 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 5234 5235 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 5236 5237 5238 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 5239 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 5240 /// referenced. 5241 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 5242 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 5243 5244 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 5245 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 5246 /// first use occurred. 5247 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 5248 5249 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 5250 /// materialized. 5251 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 5252 5253 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 5254 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 5255 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 5256 /// by code generation). 5257 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 5258 5259 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 5260 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 5261 5262 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 5263 /// given location. 5264 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 5265 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5266 5267 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 5268 /// in the given class as needed. 5269 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 5270 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 5271 5272 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 5273 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 5274 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 5275 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 5276 5277 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 5278 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 5279 /// vtables. 5280 /// 5281 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 5282 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 5283 5284 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 5285 5286 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 5287 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 5288 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 5289 bool AnyErrors); 5290 5291 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 5292 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( 5293 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, 5294 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, 5295 SourceLocation BaseLoc); 5296 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 5297 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 5298 Decl *TagDecl, 5299 SourceLocation LBrac, 5300 SourceLocation RBrac, 5301 AttributeList *AttrList); 5302 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 5303 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); 5304 5305 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); 5306 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 5307 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 5308 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 5309 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 5310 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 5311 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 5312 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 5313 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 5314 CachedTokens &Toks); 5315 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 5316 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 5317 5318 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 5319 Expr *AssertExpr, 5320 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 5321 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 5322 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 5323 Expr *AssertExpr, 5324 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 5325 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 5326 bool Failed); 5327 5328 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 5329 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 5330 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 5331 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5332 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 5333 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5334 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 5335 5336 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 5337 StorageClass& SC); 5338 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 5339 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 5340 StorageClass& SC); 5341 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 5342 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 5343 StorageClass& SC); 5344 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 5345 5346 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 5347 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5348 const FunctionProtoType *T); 5349 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 5350 5351 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5352 // C++ Derived Classes 5353 // 5354 5355 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 5356 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 5357 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 5358 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 5359 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5360 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5361 5362 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 5363 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 5364 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 5365 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 5366 ParsedType basetype, 5367 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 5368 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5369 5370 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 5371 unsigned NumBases); 5372 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 5373 unsigned NumBases); 5374 5375 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); 5376 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, 5377 CXXBasePaths &Paths); 5378 5379 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 5380 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 5381 5382 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 5383 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 5384 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, 5385 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 5386 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 5387 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 5388 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 5389 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 5390 DeclarationName Name, 5391 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 5392 5393 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 5394 5395 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 5396 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 5397 5398 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 5399 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 5400 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 5401 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 5402 5403 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 5404 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 5405 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 5406 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 5407 5408 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 5409 5410 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 5411 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 5412 5413 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was 5414 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. 5415 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 5416 5417 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 5418 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 5419 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 5420 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 5421 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 5422 5423 5424 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5425 // C++ Access Control 5426 // 5427 5428 enum AccessResult { 5429 AR_accessible, 5430 AR_inaccessible, 5431 AR_dependent, 5432 AR_delayed 5433 }; 5434 5435 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 5436 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 5437 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 5438 5439 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 5440 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 5441 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 5442 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 5443 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 5444 SourceRange PlacementRange, 5445 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 5446 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 5447 bool Diagnose = true); 5448 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 5449 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 5450 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 5451 AccessSpecifier Access, 5452 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 5453 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 5454 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 5455 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 5456 AccessSpecifier Access, 5457 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 5458 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 5459 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 5460 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 5461 QualType objectType = QualType()); 5462 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 5463 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 5464 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 5465 DeclAccessPair Found); 5466 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 5467 Expr *ObjectExpr, 5468 Expr *ArgExpr, 5469 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 5470 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 5471 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 5472 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 5473 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 5474 const CXXBasePath &Path, 5475 unsigned DiagID, 5476 bool ForceCheck = false, 5477 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 5478 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 5479 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 5480 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 5481 AccessSpecifier access, 5482 QualType objectType); 5483 5484 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 5485 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5486 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 5487 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5488 5489 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 5490 5491 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 5492 /// failures rather than hard errors. 5493 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5494 5495 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 5496 AbstractNone = -1, 5497 AbstractReturnType, 5498 AbstractParamType, 5499 AbstractVariableType, 5500 AbstractFieldType, 5501 AbstractIvarType, 5502 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 5503 AbstractArrayType 5504 }; 5505 5506 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 5507 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 5508 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 5509 template <typename... Ts> RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)5510 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 5511 const Ts &...Args) { 5512 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); 5513 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 5514 } 5515 5516 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 5517 5518 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5519 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 5520 // 5521 5522 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 5523 5524 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 5525 5526 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5527 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 5528 // 5529 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 5530 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 5531 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 5532 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 5533 5534 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5535 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 5536 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 5537 5538 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 5539 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5540 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 5541 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5542 ParsedType ObjectType, 5543 bool EnteringContext, 5544 TemplateTy &Template, 5545 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 5546 5547 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 5548 SourceLocation IILoc, 5549 Scope *S, 5550 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 5551 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 5552 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 5553 5554 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 5555 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 5556 5557 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, 5558 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5559 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 5560 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5561 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5562 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 5563 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5564 ParsedType DefaultArg); 5565 5566 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 5567 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5568 unsigned Depth, 5569 unsigned Position, 5570 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5571 Expr *DefaultArg); 5572 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 5573 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 5574 TemplateParameterList *Params, 5575 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5576 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5577 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5578 unsigned Depth, 5579 unsigned Position, 5580 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5581 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 5582 5583 TemplateParameterList * 5584 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 5585 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 5586 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5587 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5588 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5589 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5590 5591 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 5592 enum TemplateParamListContext { 5593 TPC_ClassTemplate, 5594 TPC_VarTemplate, 5595 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5596 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5597 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5598 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5599 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5600 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5601 }; 5602 5603 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5604 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5605 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5606 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5607 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5608 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, 5609 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5610 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5611 5612 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5613 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5614 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5615 AttributeList *Attr, 5616 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5617 AccessSpecifier AS, 5618 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5619 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 5620 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5621 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, 5622 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 5623 5624 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5625 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5626 5627 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5628 5629 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5630 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5631 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5632 5633 TypeResult 5634 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5635 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5636 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5637 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5638 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5639 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5640 5641 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5642 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5643 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5644 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5645 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5646 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5647 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5648 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5649 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5650 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5651 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5652 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5653 5654 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5655 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5656 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5657 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5658 5659 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5660 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5661 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5662 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5663 5664 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5665 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5666 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5667 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5668 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5669 5670 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5671 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5672 LookupResult &R, 5673 bool RequiresADL, 5674 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5675 5676 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5677 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5678 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5679 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5680 5681 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5682 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5683 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5684 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5685 ParsedType ObjectType, 5686 bool EnteringContext, 5687 TemplateTy &Template); 5688 5689 DeclResult 5690 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5691 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5692 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5693 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, 5694 AttributeList *Attr, 5695 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5696 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); 5697 5698 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5699 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5700 Declarator &D); 5701 5702 bool 5703 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5704 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5705 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5706 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5707 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5708 bool &SuppressNew); 5709 5710 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5711 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5712 LookupResult &Previous); 5713 5714 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5715 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5716 LookupResult &Previous); 5717 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5718 5719 DeclResult 5720 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5721 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5722 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5723 unsigned TagSpec, 5724 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5725 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5726 TemplateTy Template, 5727 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5728 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5729 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5730 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5731 AttributeList *Attr); 5732 5733 DeclResult 5734 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5735 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5736 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5737 unsigned TagSpec, 5738 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5739 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5740 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5741 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5742 AttributeList *Attr); 5743 5744 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5745 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5746 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5747 Declarator &D); 5748 5749 TemplateArgumentLoc 5750 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5751 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5752 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5753 Decl *Param, 5754 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5755 &Converted, 5756 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5757 5758 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5759 /// argument is being checked. 5760 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5761 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5762 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5763 CTAK_Specified, 5764 5765 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5766 /// deduction. 5767 CTAK_Deduced, 5768 5769 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5770 /// via template argument deduction. 5771 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5772 }; 5773 5774 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5775 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5776 NamedDecl *Template, 5777 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5778 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5779 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5780 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5781 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5782 5783 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5784 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5785 /// 5786 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5787 /// provided. 5788 /// 5789 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5790 /// 5791 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5792 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5793 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5794 /// arguments. 5795 /// 5796 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5797 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5798 /// set of template arguments. 5799 /// 5800 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5801 /// arguments. 5802 /// 5803 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5804 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5805 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5806 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5807 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5808 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5809 5810 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5811 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5812 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5813 5814 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5815 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5816 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5817 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5818 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5819 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5820 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5821 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5822 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5823 5824 ExprResult 5825 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5826 QualType ParamType, 5827 SourceLocation Loc); 5828 ExprResult 5829 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5830 SourceLocation Loc); 5831 5832 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5833 /// for equality. 5834 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5835 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5836 /// that might be redeclarations. 5837 /// 5838 /// \code 5839 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5840 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5841 /// \endcode 5842 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5843 5844 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5845 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5846 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5847 /// 5848 /// \code 5849 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5850 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5851 /// \endcode 5852 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5853 5854 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5855 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5856 /// template parameter. 5857 /// 5858 /// \code 5859 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5860 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5861 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5862 /// \endcode 5863 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5864 }; 5865 5866 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5867 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5868 bool Complain, 5869 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5870 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5871 = SourceLocation()); 5872 5873 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5874 5875 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5876 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5877 /// 5878 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5879 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5880 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5881 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5882 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5883 TypeResult 5884 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5885 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5886 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5887 5888 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5889 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5890 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5891 /// 5892 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5893 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5894 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5895 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5896 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5897 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5898 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5899 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5900 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5901 TypeResult 5902 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5903 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5904 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5905 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5906 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5907 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5908 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5909 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5910 5911 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5912 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5913 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5914 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5915 SourceLocation IILoc); 5916 5917 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5918 SourceLocation Loc, 5919 DeclarationName Name); 5920 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5921 5922 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5923 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5924 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5925 5926 std::string 5927 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5928 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5929 5930 std::string 5931 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5932 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5933 unsigned NumArgs); 5934 5935 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5936 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5937 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5938 5939 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this 5940 /// location. Useful for error recovery. 5941 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); 5942 5943 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5944 /// being diagnosed. 5945 /// 5946 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5947 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5948 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5949 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5950 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5951 5952 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5953 UPPC_BaseType, 5954 5955 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5956 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5957 5958 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5959 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5960 5961 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5962 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5963 5964 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5965 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5966 5967 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5968 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5969 5970 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5971 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5972 5973 /// \brief A using declaration. 5974 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5975 5976 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5977 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5978 5979 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5980 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5981 5982 /// \brief An initializer. 5983 UPPC_Initializer, 5984 5985 /// \brief A default argument. 5986 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5987 5988 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5989 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5990 5991 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5992 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5993 5994 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5995 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5996 5997 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5998 UPPC_IfExists, 5999 6000 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 6001 UPPC_IfNotExists, 6002 6003 /// \brief Lambda expression. 6004 UPPC_Lambda, 6005 6006 /// \brief Block expression, 6007 UPPC_Block 6008 }; 6009 6010 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 6011 /// 6012 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 6013 /// 6014 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 6015 /// parameter packs. 6016 /// 6017 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 6018 /// 6019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6020 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 6021 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 6022 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 6023 6024 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 6025 /// diagnose the error. 6026 /// 6027 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 6028 /// 6029 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 6030 /// packs. 6031 /// 6032 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6033 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6034 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 6035 6036 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 6037 /// pack, diagnose the error. 6038 /// 6039 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 6040 /// parameter packs. 6041 /// 6042 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6043 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 6044 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 6045 6046 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 6047 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 6048 /// 6049 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 6050 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6051 /// 6052 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6053 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6054 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 6055 6056 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 6057 /// diagnose the error. 6058 /// 6059 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 6060 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 6061 /// 6062 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6063 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6064 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 6065 6066 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 6067 /// diagnose the error. 6068 /// 6069 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 6070 /// 6071 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 6072 /// parameter packs. 6073 /// 6074 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6075 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 6076 TemplateName Template, 6077 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 6078 6079 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 6080 /// pack, diagnose the error. 6081 /// 6082 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 6083 /// parameter packs. 6084 /// 6085 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6086 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 6087 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 6088 6089 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6090 /// template argument. 6091 /// 6092 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 6093 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6094 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 6095 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6096 6097 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6098 /// template argument. 6099 /// 6100 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 6101 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6102 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 6103 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6104 6105 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6106 /// type. 6107 /// 6108 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 6109 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6110 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 6111 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6112 6113 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6114 /// type. 6115 /// 6116 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 6117 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6118 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 6119 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6120 6121 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6122 /// nested-name-specifier. 6123 /// 6124 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 6125 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6126 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6127 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6128 6129 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 6130 /// name. 6131 /// 6132 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 6133 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 6134 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6135 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 6136 6137 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 6138 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 6139 /// 6140 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 6141 /// may already be invalid. 6142 /// 6143 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 6144 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 6145 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 6146 6147 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 6148 /// creates a pack expansion. 6149 /// 6150 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 6151 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 6152 /// 6153 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 6154 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 6155 6156 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 6157 /// expansion. 6158 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 6159 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 6160 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 6161 6162 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 6163 /// expansion. 6164 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 6165 SourceRange PatternRange, 6166 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 6167 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 6168 6169 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 6170 /// creates a pack expansion. 6171 /// 6172 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 6173 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 6174 /// 6175 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 6176 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 6177 6178 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 6179 /// creates a pack expansion. 6180 /// 6181 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 6182 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 6183 /// 6184 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 6185 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 6186 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 6187 6188 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 6189 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 6190 /// transforming the pattern. 6191 /// 6192 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 6193 /// pack expansion. 6194 /// 6195 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 6196 /// the pack expansion. 6197 /// 6198 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 6199 /// pattern. 6200 /// 6201 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 6202 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 6203 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 6204 /// 6205 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 6206 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 6207 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 6208 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 6209 /// 6210 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 6211 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 6212 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 6213 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 6214 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 6215 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 6216 /// set this value in other cases. 6217 /// 6218 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 6219 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 6220 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 6221 /// must be set. 6222 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 6223 SourceRange PatternRange, 6224 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 6225 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6226 bool &ShouldExpand, 6227 bool &RetainExpansion, 6228 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 6229 6230 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 6231 /// type. 6232 /// 6233 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 6234 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 6235 /// 6236 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 6237 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 6238 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6239 6240 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 6241 /// parameter packs. 6242 /// 6243 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 6244 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 6245 /// 6246 /// \code 6247 /// void f(T...); 6248 /// \endcode 6249 /// 6250 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 6251 /// a variadic function. 6252 /// 6253 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 6254 /// false otherwise. 6255 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 6256 6257 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 6258 /// 6259 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 6260 /// 6261 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 6262 /// 6263 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 6264 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 6265 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 6266 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 6267 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 6268 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 6269 6270 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6271 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 6272 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6273 6274 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType); 6275 6276 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 6277 /// 6278 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 6279 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 6280 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 6281 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 6282 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 6283 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 6284 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 6285 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 6286 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 6287 TDK_Success = 0, 6288 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 6289 TDK_Invalid, 6290 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 6291 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 6292 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 6293 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 6294 /// for every template parameter. 6295 TDK_Incomplete, 6296 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 6297 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 6298 TDK_Inconsistent, 6299 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 6300 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 6301 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 6302 /// but were given a non-const "X". 6303 TDK_Underqualified, 6304 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 6305 /// resulted in an error. 6306 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 6307 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 6308 /// corresponding component of the argument. 6309 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 6310 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 6311 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 6312 TDK_TooManyArguments, 6313 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 6314 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 6315 TDK_TooFewArguments, 6316 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 6317 /// template arguments for the given template. 6318 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 6319 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 6320 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 6321 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 6322 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 6323 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 6324 }; 6325 6326 TemplateDeductionResult 6327 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 6328 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6329 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 6330 6331 TemplateDeductionResult 6332 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 6333 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6334 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 6335 6336 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 6337 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6338 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 6339 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 6340 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 6341 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 6342 6343 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 6344 // deduction for a call. 6345 struct OriginalCallArg { OriginalCallArgOriginalCallArg6346 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 6347 unsigned ArgIdx, 6348 QualType OriginalArgType) 6349 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 6350 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 6351 6352 QualType OriginalParamType; 6353 unsigned ArgIdx; 6354 QualType OriginalArgType; 6355 }; 6356 6357 TemplateDeductionResult 6358 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6359 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 6360 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 6361 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 6362 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 6363 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, 6364 bool PartialOverloading = false); 6365 6366 TemplateDeductionResult 6367 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6368 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 6369 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6370 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 6371 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 6372 bool PartialOverloading = false); 6373 6374 TemplateDeductionResult 6375 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6376 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 6377 QualType ArgFunctionType, 6378 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 6379 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 6380 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 6381 6382 TemplateDeductionResult 6383 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6384 QualType ToType, 6385 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 6386 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 6387 6388 TemplateDeductionResult 6389 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6390 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 6391 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 6392 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 6393 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 6394 6395 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto 6396 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 6397 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto 6398 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, 6399 QualType Replacement); 6400 6401 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 6402 enum DeduceAutoResult { 6403 DAR_Succeeded, 6404 DAR_Failed, 6405 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 6406 }; 6407 6408 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 6409 QualType &Result); 6410 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 6411 QualType &Result); 6412 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 6413 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 6414 bool Diagnose = true); 6415 6416 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, 6417 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 6418 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 6419 Expr *Init); 6420 6421 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; 6422 6423 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 6424 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 6425 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 6426 6427 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 6428 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 6429 SourceLocation Loc, 6430 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 6431 unsigned NumCallArguments1, 6432 unsigned NumCallArguments2); 6433 UnresolvedSetIterator 6434 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 6435 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 6436 SourceLocation Loc, 6437 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 6438 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 6439 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 6440 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 6441 6442 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 6443 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 6444 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 6445 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 6446 SourceLocation Loc); 6447 6448 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 6449 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 6450 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 6451 6452 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6453 bool OnlyDeduced, 6454 unsigned Depth, 6455 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(const FunctionTemplateDecl * FunctionTemplate,llvm::SmallBitVector & Deduced)6456 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 6457 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6458 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 6459 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 6460 } 6461 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 6462 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6463 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 6464 6465 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6466 // C++ Template Instantiation 6467 // 6468 6469 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList 6470 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 6471 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, 6472 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 6473 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); 6474 6475 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 6476 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 6477 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 6478 enum InstantiationKind { 6479 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 6480 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 6481 TemplateInstantiation, 6482 6483 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 6484 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 6485 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 6486 /// arguments as specified. 6487 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 6488 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 6489 6490 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 6491 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 6492 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 6493 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 6494 6495 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 6496 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 6497 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6498 6499 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 6500 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 6501 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 6502 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 6503 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 6504 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6505 6506 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 6507 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 6508 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 6509 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 6510 6511 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 6512 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 6513 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 6514 6515 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 6516 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 6517 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 6518 } Kind; 6519 6520 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 6521 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 6522 6523 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 6524 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 6525 /// arguments. 6526 NamedDecl *Template; 6527 6528 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 6529 Decl *Entity; 6530 6531 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 6532 /// are not part of the entity. 6533 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 6534 6535 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 6536 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 6537 6538 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 6539 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 6540 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 6541 6542 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 6543 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 6544 /// template instantiation. 6545 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 6546 ActiveTemplateInstantiationActiveTemplateInstantiation6547 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 6548 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr), 6549 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} 6550 6551 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 6552 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 6553 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 6554 6555 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6556 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6557 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 6558 return false; 6559 6560 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 6561 return false; 6562 6563 switch (X.Kind) { 6564 case TemplateInstantiation: 6565 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 6566 return true; 6567 6568 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6569 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 6570 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6571 6572 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 6573 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6574 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6575 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 6576 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6577 6578 } 6579 6580 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 6581 } 6582 6583 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6584 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6585 return !(X == Y); 6586 } 6587 }; 6588 6589 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 6590 /// 6591 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 6592 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 6593 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 6594 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 6595 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 6596 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 6597 6598 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 6599 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 6600 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 6601 6602 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 6603 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 6604 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 6605 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6606 6607 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6608 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6609 /// template defined within it. 6610 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6611 6612 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6613 /// template instantiation. 6614 /// 6615 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6616 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6617 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6618 6619 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6620 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6621 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6622 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6623 6624 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6625 /// error or warning was produced. 6626 /// 6627 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6628 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6629 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6630 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6631 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6632 6633 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6634 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6635 /// 6636 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6637 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6638 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6639 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6640 6641 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6642 /// within a \c Sema object. 6643 /// 6644 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6645 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6646 Sema &Self; 6647 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6648 6649 public: ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema & Self,int NewSubstitutionIndex)6650 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6651 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6652 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6653 } 6654 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII()6655 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6656 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6657 } 6658 }; 6659 6660 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6661 6662 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6663 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6664 /// deduction. 6665 /// 6666 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6667 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6668 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6669 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6670 6671 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6672 /// instantiation. 6673 /// 6674 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6675 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6676 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6677 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6678 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6679 /// 6680 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6681 /// the stack. 6682 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6683 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6684 /// function template, variable template, alias template, 6685 /// or a member thereof. 6686 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6687 Decl *Entity, 6688 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6689 6690 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6691 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6692 /// of a function template. 6693 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6694 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6695 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6696 6697 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6698 /// template-id. 6699 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6700 TemplateDecl *Template, 6701 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6702 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6703 6704 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6705 /// template-id. 6706 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6707 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6708 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6709 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6710 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6711 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6712 6713 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6714 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6715 /// specialization. 6716 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6717 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6718 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6719 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6720 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6721 6722 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6723 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6724 /// specialization. 6725 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6726 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6727 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6728 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6729 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6730 6731 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function 6732 /// parameter. 6733 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6734 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6735 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6736 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6737 6738 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6739 /// non-type parameter. 6740 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6741 NamedDecl *Template, 6742 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6743 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6744 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6745 6746 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6747 /// template template parameter. 6748 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6749 NamedDecl *Template, 6750 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6751 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6752 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6753 6754 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6755 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6756 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6757 TemplateDecl *Template, 6758 NamedDecl *Param, 6759 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6760 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6761 6762 6763 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6764 void Clear(); 6765 ~InstantiatingTemplateInstantiatingTemplate6766 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6767 6768 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6769 /// recursive template instantiations. isInvalidInstantiatingTemplate6770 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } 6771 6772 private: 6773 Sema &SemaRef; 6774 bool Invalid; 6775 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6776 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6777 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6778 6779 InstantiatingTemplate( 6780 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6781 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, 6782 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, 6783 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, 6784 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); 6785 6786 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; 6787 6788 InstantiatingTemplate& 6789 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; 6790 }; 6791 6792 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6793 6794 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6795 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6796 /// errors. 6797 /// 6798 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6799 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6800 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6801 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6802 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6803 6804 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6805 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. isUnevaluatedContext()6806 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6807 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6808 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6809 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6810 } 6811 6812 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6813 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6814 /// deduction. 6815 class SFINAETrap { 6816 Sema &SemaRef; 6817 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6818 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6819 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6820 6821 public: 6822 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) SemaRef(SemaRef)6823 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6824 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6825 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6826 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6827 { 6828 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6829 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6830 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6831 } 6832 ~SFINAETrap()6833 ~SFINAETrap() { 6834 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6835 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6836 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6837 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6838 } 6839 6840 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. hasErrorOccurred()6841 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6842 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6843 } 6844 }; 6845 6846 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional 6847 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so 6848 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within 6849 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. 6850 class TentativeAnalysisScope { 6851 Sema &SemaRef; 6852 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. 6853 SFINAETrap Trap; 6854 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6855 public: TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema & SemaRef)6856 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) 6857 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), 6858 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { 6859 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6860 } ~TentativeAnalysisScope()6861 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { 6862 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6863 } 6864 }; 6865 6866 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6867 /// variables. 6868 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6869 6870 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is 6871 /// disabled. 6872 bool DisableTypoCorrection; 6873 6874 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6875 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6876 6877 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; 6878 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; 6879 6880 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and 6881 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a 6882 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. 6883 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; 6884 6885 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6886 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6887 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; 6888 6889 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6890 /// 6891 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6892 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6893 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6894 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6895 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6896 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6897 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6898 6899 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6900 /// but have not yet been performed. 6901 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6902 6903 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII { 6904 public: SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema & S,bool Enabled)6905 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled) 6906 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { 6907 if (!Enabled) return; 6908 6909 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); 6910 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); 6911 } 6912 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII()6913 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() { 6914 if (!Enabled) return; 6915 6916 // Restore the set of pending vtables. 6917 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() && 6918 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded."); 6919 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); 6920 6921 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. 6922 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && 6923 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded."); 6924 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); 6925 } 6926 6927 private: 6928 Sema &S; 6929 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; 6930 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; 6931 bool Enabled; 6932 }; 6933 6934 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6935 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6936 /// 6937 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6938 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6939 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6940 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6941 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6942 6943 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII { 6944 public: SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema & S)6945 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 6946 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( 6947 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); 6948 } 6949 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII()6950 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() { 6951 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && 6952 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations"); 6953 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( 6954 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); 6955 } 6956 6957 private: 6958 Sema &S; 6959 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> 6960 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6961 }; 6962 6963 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6964 6965 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6966 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6967 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6968 6969 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6970 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6971 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6972 6973 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6974 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6975 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6976 6977 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6978 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6979 SourceLocation Loc, 6980 DeclarationName Entity, 6981 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6982 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6983 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6984 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); 6985 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6986 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6987 int indexAdjustment, 6988 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6989 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6990 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6991 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6992 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6993 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6994 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr); 6995 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6996 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6997 6998 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6999 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 7000 /// 7001 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 7002 /// 7003 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 7004 /// 7005 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 7006 /// default arguments will be dropped. 7007 /// 7008 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 7009 /// 7010 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 7011 /// 7012 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 7013 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 7014 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7015 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 7016 7017 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 7018 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7019 7020 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 7021 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7022 7023 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 7024 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7025 bool CXXDirectInit); 7026 7027 bool 7028 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 7029 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 7030 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7031 7032 bool 7033 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7034 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 7035 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7036 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 7037 bool Complain = true); 7038 7039 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7040 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 7041 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7042 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 7043 7044 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( 7045 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, 7046 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7047 7048 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 7049 const Attr *TmplAttr; 7050 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 7051 Decl *NewDecl; 7052 LateInstantiatedAttributeLateInstantiatedAttribute7053 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 7054 Decl *D) 7055 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 7056 { } 7057 }; 7058 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 7059 7060 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7061 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 7062 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, 7063 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); 7064 7065 bool 7066 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7067 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 7068 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 7069 bool Complain = true); 7070 7071 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7072 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 7073 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7074 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 7075 7076 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 7077 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7078 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 7079 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 7080 7081 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 7082 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 7083 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7084 7085 DeclarationNameInfo 7086 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 7087 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7088 TemplateName 7089 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 7090 SourceLocation Loc, 7091 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7092 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7093 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 7094 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7095 7096 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7097 FunctionDecl *Function); 7098 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7099 FunctionDecl *Function, 7100 bool Recursive = false, 7101 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 7102 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 7103 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 7104 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 7105 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 7106 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 7107 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 7108 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, 7109 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); 7110 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 7111 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 7112 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7113 void 7114 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 7115 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 7116 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, 7117 DeclContext *Owner, 7118 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, 7119 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); 7120 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 7121 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 7122 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7123 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7124 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 7125 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 7126 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 7127 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 7128 VarDecl *Var, 7129 bool Recursive = false, 7130 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 7131 7132 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 7133 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 7134 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7135 7136 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 7137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7138 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 7139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 7140 7141 // Objective-C declarations. 7142 enum ObjCContainerKind { 7143 OCK_None = -1, 7144 OCK_Interface = 0, 7145 OCK_Protocol, 7146 OCK_Category, 7147 OCK_ClassExtension, 7148 OCK_Implementation, 7149 OCK_CategoryImplementation 7150 }; 7151 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 7152 7153 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, 7154 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, 7155 SourceLocation varianceLoc, 7156 unsigned index, 7157 IdentifierInfo *paramName, 7158 SourceLocation paramLoc, 7159 SourceLocation colonLoc, 7160 ParsedType typeBound); 7161 7162 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, 7163 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, 7164 SourceLocation rAngleLoc); 7165 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); 7166 7167 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S, 7168 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 7169 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7170 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 7171 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, 7172 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 7173 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7174 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, 7175 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, 7176 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 7177 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 7178 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 7179 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 7180 AttributeList *AttrList); 7181 7182 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, 7183 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 7184 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, 7185 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7186 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 7187 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 7188 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7189 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, 7190 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); 7191 7192 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, 7193 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 7194 SourceLocation SuperLoc); 7195 7196 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 7197 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 7198 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 7199 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 7200 7201 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 7202 IdentifierInfo *PName, 7203 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 7204 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 7205 7206 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 7207 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 7208 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 7209 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 7210 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 7211 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 7212 AttributeList *AttrList); 7213 7214 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 7215 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7216 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 7217 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, 7218 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 7219 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 7220 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 7221 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 7222 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 7223 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 7224 7225 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 7226 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 7227 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 7228 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 7229 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 7230 7231 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 7232 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7233 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 7234 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 7235 SourceLocation CatLoc); 7236 7237 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 7238 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 7239 7240 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 7241 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 7242 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 7243 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, 7244 unsigned NumElts); 7245 7246 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 7247 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, 7248 AttributeList *attrList); 7249 7250 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, 7251 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, 7252 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 7253 7254 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the 7255 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type 7256 /// arguments, as appropriate. 7257 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( 7258 Scope *S, 7259 ParsedType baseType, 7260 SourceLocation lAngleLoc, 7261 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, 7262 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, 7263 SourceLocation rAngleLoc, 7264 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, 7265 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, 7266 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, 7267 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, 7268 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, 7269 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, 7270 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); 7271 7272 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no 7273 /// base type was specified. 7274 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( 7275 SourceLocation lAngleLoc, 7276 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, 7277 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, 7278 SourceLocation rAngleLoc); 7279 7280 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. 7281 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( 7282 Scope *S, 7283 SourceLocation Loc, 7284 ParsedType BaseType, 7285 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, 7286 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, 7287 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, 7288 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, 7289 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, 7290 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, 7291 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); 7292 7293 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. 7294 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 7295 SourceLocation Loc, 7296 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, 7297 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, 7298 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, 7299 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, 7300 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, 7301 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, 7302 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, 7303 bool FailOnError = false); 7304 7305 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to 7306 /// the given type. 7307 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc); 7308 7309 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 7310 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 7311 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 7312 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 7313 SourceLocation Loc, 7314 unsigned &Attributes, 7315 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 7316 7317 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 7318 /// setters and getters as needed. 7319 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 7320 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); 7321 7322 7323 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 7324 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 7325 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 7326 bool OverridingProtocolProperty); 7327 7328 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 7329 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 7330 7331 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 7332 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 7333 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 7334 7335 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 7336 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7337 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 7338 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 7339 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 7340 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); 7341 7342 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 7343 SourceLocation AtLoc, 7344 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 7345 bool ImplKind, 7346 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 7347 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 7348 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 7349 7350 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 7351 OSMK_None, 7352 OSMK_Alloc, 7353 OSMK_New, 7354 OSMK_Copy, 7355 OSMK_RetainingInit, 7356 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 7357 }; 7358 7359 struct ObjCArgInfo { 7360 IdentifierInfo *Name; 7361 SourceLocation NameLoc; 7362 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 7363 // in this case. 7364 ParsedType Type; 7365 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 7366 7367 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 7368 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 7369 }; 7370 7371 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 7372 Scope *S, 7373 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 7374 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 7375 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 7376 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 7377 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 7378 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 7379 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 7380 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 7381 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 7382 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 7383 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 7384 7385 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 7386 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 7387 bool IsInstance); 7388 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 7389 bool IsInstance); 7390 7391 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 7392 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 7393 7394 ExprResult 7395 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 7396 Expr *BaseExpr, 7397 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7398 DeclarationName MemberName, 7399 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 7400 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 7401 bool Super); 7402 7403 ExprResult 7404 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 7405 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 7406 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 7407 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 7408 7409 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 7410 7411 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 7412 /// send that starts with an identifier. 7413 enum ObjCMessageKind { 7414 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 7415 ObjCSuperMessage, 7416 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 7417 ObjCInstanceMessage, 7418 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 7419 /// name. 7420 ObjCClassMessage 7421 }; 7422 7423 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 7424 IdentifierInfo *Name, 7425 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7426 bool IsSuper, 7427 bool HasTrailingDot, 7428 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 7429 7430 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7431 Selector Sel, 7432 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 7433 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7434 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 7435 MultiExprArg Args); 7436 7437 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 7438 QualType ReceiverType, 7439 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7440 Selector Sel, 7441 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7442 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 7443 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7444 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 7445 MultiExprArg Args, 7446 bool isImplicit = false); 7447 7448 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 7449 bool isSuperReceiver, 7450 SourceLocation Loc, 7451 Selector Sel, 7452 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7453 MultiExprArg Args); 7454 7455 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 7456 ParsedType Receiver, 7457 Selector Sel, 7458 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 7459 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7460 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 7461 MultiExprArg Args); 7462 7463 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 7464 QualType ReceiverType, 7465 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7466 Selector Sel, 7467 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7468 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 7469 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7470 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 7471 MultiExprArg Args, 7472 bool isImplicit = false); 7473 7474 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 7475 QualType ReceiverType, 7476 SourceLocation Loc, 7477 Selector Sel, 7478 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7479 MultiExprArg Args); 7480 7481 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 7482 Expr *Receiver, 7483 Selector Sel, 7484 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 7485 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7486 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 7487 MultiExprArg Args); 7488 7489 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7490 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 7491 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 7492 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7493 Expr *SubExpr); 7494 7495 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 7496 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7497 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 7498 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 7499 ParsedType Type, 7500 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7501 Expr *SubExpr); 7502 7503 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); 7504 7505 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); 7506 7507 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, 7508 CastKind &Kind); 7509 7510 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, 7511 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, 7512 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, 7513 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, 7514 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, 7515 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, 7516 bool CfToNs); 7517 7518 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, 7519 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, 7520 Expr *&SrcExpr); 7521 7522 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr); 7523 7524 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 7525 7526 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 7527 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 7528 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 7529 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 7530 7531 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 7532 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 7533 RTC_Compatible, 7534 RTC_Incompatible, 7535 RTC_Unknown 7536 }; 7537 7538 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 7539 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 7540 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 7541 7542 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 7543 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 7544 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 7545 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 7546 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 7547 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 7548 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 7549 }; 7550 7551 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 7552 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 7553 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 7554 7555 enum PragmaPackKind { 7556 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 7557 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 7558 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 7559 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 7560 }; 7561 7562 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 7563 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 7564 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 7565 }; 7566 7567 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 7568 PCK_Unknown, 7569 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 7570 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 7571 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 7572 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 7573 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 7574 }; 7575 7576 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 7577 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 7578 IdentifierInfo *Name, 7579 Expr *Alignment, 7580 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7581 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7582 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7583 7584 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 7585 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 7586 7587 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 7588 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 7589 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 7590 7591 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma 7592 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose 7593 /// representation]). 7594 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( 7595 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, 7596 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 7597 7598 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). 7599 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7600 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); 7601 7602 enum PragmaSectionKind { 7603 PSK_DataSeg, 7604 PSK_BSSSeg, 7605 PSK_ConstSeg, 7606 PSK_CodeSeg, 7607 }; 7608 7609 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, 7610 int SectionFlags, 7611 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); 7612 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, 7613 int SectionFlags, 7614 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); 7615 7616 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. 7617 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, 7618 PragmaMsStackAction Action, 7619 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, 7620 StringLiteral *SegmentName, 7621 llvm::StringRef PragmaName); 7622 7623 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section(). 7624 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, 7625 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); 7626 7627 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). 7628 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, 7629 StringLiteral *SegmentName); 7630 7631 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 7632 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 7633 7634 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 7635 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 7636 Scope *curScope, 7637 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 7638 7639 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 7640 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 7641 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 7642 7643 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 7644 SourceLocation Loc); 7645 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 7646 7647 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 7648 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 7649 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7650 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 7651 7652 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 7653 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 7654 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 7655 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7656 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7657 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 7658 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 7659 7660 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 7661 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 7662 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7663 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7664 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 7665 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 7666 7667 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 7668 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 7669 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 7670 7671 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 7672 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 7673 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 7674 7675 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 7676 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 7677 7678 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 7679 void FreePackedContext(); 7680 7681 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 7682 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 7683 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 7684 SourceLocation Loc); 7685 7686 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 7687 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 7688 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 7689 7690 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 7691 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 7692 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 7693 7694 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 7695 void FreeVisContext(); 7696 7697 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 7698 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 7699 /// the appropriate attribute. 7700 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 7701 7702 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. 7703 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 7704 7705 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize 7706 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation()7707 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { 7708 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; 7709 } 7710 7711 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope 7712 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function 7713 /// with attribute optnone. 7714 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); 7715 7716 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there 7717 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' 7718 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). 7719 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); 7720 7721 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 7722 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 7723 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 7724 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 7725 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 7726 7727 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular 7728 /// declaration. 7729 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE, 7730 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 7731 7732 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular 7733 /// declaration. 7734 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 7735 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 7736 7737 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular 7738 /// declaration. 7739 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, 7740 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex); 7741 7742 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7743 // C++ Coroutines TS 7744 // 7745 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7746 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7747 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7748 7749 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7750 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7751 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); 7752 7753 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); 7754 7755 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7756 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 7757 // 7758 private: 7759 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; 7760 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. 7761 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); 7762 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); 7763 ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, 7764 OpenMPClauseKind CKind); 7765 public: 7766 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by 7767 /// reference in the provided scope \a RSI. This will take into account the 7768 /// semantics of the directive and associated clauses. 7769 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(VarDecl *VD, 7770 const sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI); 7771 7772 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private 7773 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP 7774 /// constructs. 7775 bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD); 7776 7777 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. 7778 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check 7779 /// is performed. 7780 bool isOpenMPPrivateVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level); 7781 7782 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. 7783 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check 7784 /// is performed. 7785 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level); 7786 7787 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, 7788 Expr *Op); 7789 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. 7790 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, 7791 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, 7792 SourceLocation Loc); 7793 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses. 7794 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); 7795 /// \brief End analysis of clauses. 7796 void EndOpenMPClause(); 7797 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. 7798 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); 7799 7800 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, 7801 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as 7802 /// private by default. 7803 /// \param Init First part of the for loop. 7804 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); 7805 7806 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 7807 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 7808 /// threadprivate'. 7809 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 7810 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 7811 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 7812 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 7813 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 7814 SourceLocation Loc, 7815 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 7816 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 7817 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 7818 SourceLocation Loc, 7819 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 7820 7821 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. 7822 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); 7823 /// \brief End of OpenMP region. 7824 /// 7825 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. 7826 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. 7827 /// 7828 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. 7829 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); 7830 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( 7831 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 7832 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7833 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); 7834 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 7835 /// of the associated statement. 7836 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7837 Stmt *AStmt, 7838 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7839 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7840 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing 7841 /// of the associated statement. 7842 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective( 7843 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7844 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7845 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7846 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing 7847 /// of the associated statement. 7848 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective( 7849 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7850 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7851 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7852 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing 7853 /// of the associated statement. 7854 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective( 7855 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7856 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7857 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7858 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing 7859 /// of the associated statement. 7860 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7861 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7862 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7863 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the 7864 /// associated statement. 7865 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7866 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7867 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the 7868 /// associated statement. 7869 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7870 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7871 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7872 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the 7873 /// associated statement. 7874 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7875 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7876 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the 7877 /// associated statement. 7878 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 7879 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7880 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7881 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7882 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing 7883 /// of the associated statement. 7884 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( 7885 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7886 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7887 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7888 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after 7889 /// parsing of the associated statement. 7890 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( 7891 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7892 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7893 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7894 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after 7895 /// parsing of the associated statement. 7896 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7897 Stmt *AStmt, 7898 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7899 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7900 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the 7901 /// associated statement. 7902 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7903 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7904 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7905 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. 7906 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, 7907 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7908 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. 7909 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, 7910 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7911 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. 7912 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, 7913 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7914 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. 7915 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7916 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7917 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. 7918 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7919 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7920 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7921 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the 7922 /// associated statement. 7923 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7924 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7925 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7926 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the 7927 /// associated statement. 7928 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7929 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7930 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7931 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the 7932 /// associated statement. 7933 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7934 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7935 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7936 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of 7937 /// the associated statement. 7938 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7939 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7940 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7941 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the 7942 /// associated statement. 7943 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7944 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7945 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7946 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. 7947 StmtResult 7948 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, 7949 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7950 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); 7951 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. 7952 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7953 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7954 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7955 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); 7956 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the 7957 /// associated statement. 7958 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective( 7959 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7960 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7961 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7962 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of 7963 /// the associated statement. 7964 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( 7965 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7966 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7967 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7968 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing 7969 /// of the associated statement. 7970 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective( 7971 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7972 SourceLocation EndLoc, 7973 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); 7974 7975 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7976 Expr *Expr, 7977 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7978 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7979 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7980 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause. 7981 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, 7982 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7983 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7984 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, 7985 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 7986 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7987 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause. 7988 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7989 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7990 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7991 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. 7992 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, 7993 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7994 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7995 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7996 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. 7997 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, 7998 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7999 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8000 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8001 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. 8002 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8003 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8004 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8005 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. 8006 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, 8007 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8008 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8009 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8010 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. 8011 OMPClause * 8012 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, 8013 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), 8014 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); 8015 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. 8016 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8017 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8018 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8019 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. 8020 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8021 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8022 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8023 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. 8024 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8025 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8026 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8027 8028 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 8029 unsigned Argument, 8030 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 8031 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8032 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8033 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8034 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 8035 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 8036 SourceLocation KindLoc, 8037 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8038 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8039 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8040 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. 8041 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, 8042 SourceLocation KindLoc, 8043 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8044 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8045 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8046 8047 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 8048 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr, 8049 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8050 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8051 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 8052 SourceLocation DelimLoc, 8053 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8054 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. 8055 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, 8056 Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8057 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8058 SourceLocation KindLoc, 8059 SourceLocation CommaLoc, 8060 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8061 8062 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8063 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8064 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. 8065 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8066 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8067 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. 8068 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8069 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8070 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. 8071 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8072 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8073 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause. 8074 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8075 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8076 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause. 8077 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8078 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8079 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause. 8080 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8081 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8082 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. 8083 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8084 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8085 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. 8086 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8087 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8088 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. 8089 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8090 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8091 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. 8092 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8093 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8094 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. 8095 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, 8096 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8097 8098 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( 8099 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, 8100 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8101 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, 8102 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, 8103 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, 8104 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, 8105 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); 8106 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 8107 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8108 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8109 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8110 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8111 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. 8112 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8113 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8114 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8115 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8116 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. 8117 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8118 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8119 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8120 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8121 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. 8122 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8123 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8124 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8125 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8126 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. 8127 OMPClause * 8128 ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8129 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, 8130 SourceLocation EndLoc, 8131 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, 8132 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId); 8133 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. 8134 OMPClause * 8135 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, 8136 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8137 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, 8138 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); 8139 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. 8140 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8141 Expr *Alignment, 8142 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8144 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 8145 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8146 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. 8147 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8148 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8149 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8150 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8151 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. 8152 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8153 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8154 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8155 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8156 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. 8157 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8158 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8159 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8160 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8161 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. 8162 OMPClause * 8163 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, 8164 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8165 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8166 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8167 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause. 8168 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8169 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8170 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8171 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause. 8172 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause( 8173 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, 8174 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 8175 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); 8176 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. 8177 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8178 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8179 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8180 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. 8181 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, 8182 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8183 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8184 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8185 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. 8186 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8187 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8188 SourceLocation EndLoc); 8189 8190 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 8191 enum CheckedConversionKind { 8192 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 8193 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 8194 /// \brief A C-style cast. 8195 CCK_CStyleCast, 8196 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 8197 CCK_FunctionalCast, 8198 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 8199 CCK_OtherCast 8200 }; 8201 8202 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 8203 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 8204 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 8205 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 8206 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 8207 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, 8208 CheckedConversionKind CCK 8209 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 8210 8211 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 8212 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 8213 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 8214 8215 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 8216 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 8217 /// required. 8218 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 8219 8220 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 8221 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 8222 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 8223 8224 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion 8225 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. 8226 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 8227 8228 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 8229 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 8230 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); 8231 8232 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 8233 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 8234 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 8235 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, 8236 bool Diagnose = true); 8237 8238 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 8239 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 8240 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 8241 // type. 8242 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 8243 8244 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 8245 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 8246 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 8247 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 8248 8249 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 8250 enum VariadicCallType { 8251 VariadicFunction, 8252 VariadicBlock, 8253 VariadicMethod, 8254 VariadicConstructor, 8255 VariadicDoesNotApply 8256 }; 8257 8258 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 8259 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 8260 Expr *Fn); 8261 8262 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 8263 // vararg function. 8264 enum VarArgKind { 8265 VAK_Valid, 8266 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 8267 VAK_Undefined, 8268 VAK_MSVCUndefined, 8269 VAK_Invalid 8270 }; 8271 8272 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 8273 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 8274 8275 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 8276 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 8277 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 8278 8279 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. 8280 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); 8281 8282 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 8283 /// form of call prototypes. 8284 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, 8285 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 8286 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 8287 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 8288 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 8289 bool AllowExplicit = false, 8290 bool IsListInitialization = false); 8291 8292 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 8293 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 8294 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 8295 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 8296 8297 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 8298 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 8299 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 8300 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 8301 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 8302 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8303 bool IsCompAssign = false); 8304 8305 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 8306 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 8307 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 8308 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 8309 /// source and destination type. 8310 enum AssignConvertType { 8311 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 8312 Compatible, 8313 8314 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 8315 /// accept as an extension. 8316 PointerToInt, 8317 8318 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 8319 /// accept as an extension. 8320 IntToPointer, 8321 8322 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 8323 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 8324 FunctionVoidPointer, 8325 8326 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 8327 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 8328 IncompatiblePointer, 8329 8330 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 8331 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 8332 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 8333 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 8334 IncompatiblePointerSign, 8335 8336 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 8337 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 8338 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 8339 8340 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 8341 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 8342 /// like address spaces. 8343 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 8344 8345 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 8346 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 8347 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 8348 /// extension. 8349 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 8350 8351 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 8352 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 8353 IncompatibleVectors, 8354 8355 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 8356 /// pointer. We disallow this. 8357 IntToBlockPointer, 8358 8359 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 8360 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 8361 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 8362 8363 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 8364 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 8365 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 8366 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 8367 8368 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 8369 /// object with __weak qualifier. 8370 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 8371 8372 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 8373 /// represent it in the AST. 8374 Incompatible 8375 }; 8376 8377 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 8378 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 8379 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 8380 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 8381 SourceLocation Loc, 8382 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 8383 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 8384 bool *Complained = nullptr); 8385 8386 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag 8387 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid 8388 /// value, to be used as a mask. 8389 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 8390 bool AllowMask) const; 8391 8392 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 8393 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 8394 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 8395 Expr *SrcExpr); 8396 8397 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 8398 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 8399 /// C99 6.5.16. 8400 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 8401 QualType LHSType, 8402 QualType RHSType); 8403 8404 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of 8405 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS 8406 /// is true. 8407 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 8408 ExprResult &RHS, 8409 CastKind &Kind, 8410 bool ConvertRHS = true); 8411 8412 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 8413 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 8414 // this routine performs the default function/array converions, if ConvertRHS 8415 // is true. 8416 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 8417 ExprResult &RHS, 8418 bool Diagnose = true, 8419 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, 8420 bool ConvertRHS = true); 8421 8422 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 8423 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 8424 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 8425 ExprResult &RHS); 8426 8427 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 8428 8429 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 8430 8431 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 8432 AssignmentAction Action, 8433 bool AllowExplicit = false); 8434 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 8435 AssignmentAction Action, 8436 bool AllowExplicit, 8437 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 8438 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 8439 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 8440 AssignmentAction Action, 8441 CheckedConversionKind CCK 8442 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 8443 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 8444 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 8445 AssignmentAction Action, 8446 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 8447 8448 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 8449 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 8450 8451 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 8452 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 8453 ExprResult &RHS); 8454 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 8455 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 8456 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 8457 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 8458 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 8459 bool IsDivide); 8460 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 8461 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8462 bool IsCompAssign = false); 8463 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 8464 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8465 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); 8466 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 8467 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8468 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); 8469 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 8470 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8471 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); 8472 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 8473 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8474 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational); 8475 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 8476 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8477 bool IsCompAssign = false); 8478 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 8479 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 8480 BinaryOperatorKind Opc); 8481 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 8482 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 8483 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 8484 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 8485 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 8486 8487 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8488 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 8489 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8490 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 8491 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 8492 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 8493 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 8494 8495 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 8496 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8497 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 8498 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 8499 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 8500 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 8501 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 8502 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr); 8503 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 8504 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 8505 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) { 8506 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); 8507 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 8508 NonStandardCompositeType); 8509 E1 = E1Tmp; 8510 E2 = E2Tmp; 8511 return Composite; 8512 } 8513 8514 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8515 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 8516 8517 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 8518 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 8519 8520 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, 8521 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, 8522 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); 8523 8524 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 8525 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8526 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 8527 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); 8528 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 8529 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8530 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 8531 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 8532 SourceLocation Loc); 8533 8534 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); 8535 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); 8536 8537 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 8538 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 8539 8540 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 8541 8542 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 8543 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 8544 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 8545 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 8546 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 8547 /// reference binding is not possible. 8548 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 8549 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 8550 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 8551 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 8552 Ref_Related, 8553 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 8554 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 8555 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 8556 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 8557 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 8558 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 8559 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 8560 Ref_Compatible 8561 }; 8562 8563 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 8564 QualType T1, QualType T2, 8565 bool &DerivedToBase, 8566 bool &ObjCConversion, 8567 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 8568 8569 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 8570 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 8571 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 8572 8573 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 8574 /// given type. 8575 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 8576 8577 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 8578 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 8579 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 8580 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 8581 8582 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 8583 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 8584 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 8585 // returns true if the cast is invalid 8586 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 8587 CastKind &Kind); 8588 8589 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 8590 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 8591 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 8592 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 8593 // returns the cast expr 8594 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 8595 CastKind &Kind); 8596 8597 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8598 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 8599 Expr *CastExpr, 8600 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 8601 8602 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 8603 8604 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 8605 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 8606 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 8607 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 8608 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 8609 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, 8610 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD 8611 ); 8612 8613 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 8614 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 8615 8616 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 8617 QualType ExprType); 8618 8619 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 8620 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 8621 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 8622 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 8623 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 8624 8625 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 8626 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 8627 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 8628 8629 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 8630 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 8631 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 8632 8633 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 8634 /// \param Method - May be null. 8635 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 8636 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 8637 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 8638 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 8639 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 8640 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 8641 bool isSuperMessage, 8642 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 8643 SourceRange RecRange, 8644 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 8645 8646 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 8647 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 8648 /// and the form of the message send. 8649 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 8650 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 8651 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 8652 8653 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 8654 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 8655 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 8656 8657 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 8658 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 8659 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 8660 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 8661 8662 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 8663 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 8664 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 8665 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 8666 /// 8667 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 8668 /// 'if' keyword. 8669 /// \return true iff there were any errors 8670 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 8671 8672 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 8673 Expr *SubExpr); 8674 8675 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 8676 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 8677 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 8678 8679 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 8680 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 8681 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 8682 8683 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 8684 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 8685 8686 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 8687 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 8688 /// the specified diagnostic. 8689 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 8690 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 8691 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 8692 8693 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 8694 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 8695 /// in the global scope. 8696 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 8697 8698 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 8699 /// expression violations. 8700 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 8701 public: 8702 bool Suppress; 8703 Suppress(Suppress)8704 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 8705 8706 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 8707 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); ~VerifyICEDiagnoser()8708 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 8709 }; 8710 8711 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 8712 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 8713 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 8714 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 8715 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 8716 bool AllowFold = true); 8717 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 8718 unsigned DiagID, 8719 bool AllowFold = true); 8720 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, 8721 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); 8722 8723 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 8724 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 8725 /// Returns false on success. 8726 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 8727 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8728 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 8729 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); 8730 8731 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 8732 CFT_Device, 8733 CFT_Global, 8734 CFT_Host, 8735 CFT_HostDevice, 8736 CFT_InvalidTarget 8737 }; 8738 8739 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 8740 8741 enum CUDAFunctionPreference { 8742 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. 8743 CFP_LastResort, // Lowest priority. Only in effect if 8744 // LangOpts.CUDADisableTargetCallChecks is true. 8745 CFP_Fallback, // Low priority caller/callee combination 8746 CFP_Best, // Preferred caller/callee combination 8747 }; 8748 8749 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee 8750 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. 8751 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. 8752 /// nullptr in case of global context. 8753 /// \param Callee target function 8754 /// 8755 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. 8756 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, 8757 const FunctionDecl *Callee); 8758 8759 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee); 8760 8761 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority 8762 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower 8763 /// calling priority. 8764 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller, 8765 SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Matches); 8766 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller, 8767 SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> &Matches); 8768 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( 8769 const FunctionDecl *Caller, 8770 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); 8771 8772 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the 8773 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. 8774 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. 8775 /// \param CSM the kind of special member. 8776 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. 8777 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on 8778 /// its RHS. 8779 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. 8780 /// \return true if there was an error inferring. 8781 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to 8782 /// the member declaration. 8783 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 8784 CXXSpecialMember CSM, 8785 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, 8786 bool ConstRHS, 8787 bool Diagnose); 8788 8789 /// \name Code completion 8790 //@{ 8791 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 8792 enum ParserCompletionContext { 8793 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 8794 PCC_Namespace, 8795 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 8796 PCC_Class, 8797 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 8798 /// or category. 8799 PCC_ObjCInterface, 8800 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 8801 /// category implementation 8802 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 8803 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 8804 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 8805 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 8806 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 8807 /// headers. 8808 PCC_Template, 8809 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 8810 /// headers within a class. 8811 PCC_MemberTemplate, 8812 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 8813 PCC_Expression, 8814 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 8815 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 8816 PCC_Statement, 8817 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 8818 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 8819 PCC_ForInit, 8820 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 8821 /// while, switch, or for statement. 8822 PCC_Condition, 8823 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 8824 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 8825 /// in the grammar. 8826 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 8827 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 8828 PCC_Type, 8829 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 8830 /// might also be a type cast. 8831 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 8832 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 8833 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 8834 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 8835 }; 8836 8837 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 8838 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 8839 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 8840 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 8841 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 8842 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 8843 8844 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 8845 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 8846 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 8847 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 8848 SourceLocation OpLoc, 8849 bool IsArrow); 8850 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 8851 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 8852 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 8853 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 8854 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 8855 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, 8856 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 8857 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 8858 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 8859 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 8860 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 8861 8862 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8863 bool EnteringContext); 8864 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 8865 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 8866 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 8867 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 8868 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 8869 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 8870 Decl *Constructor, 8871 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 8872 8873 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 8874 bool AfterAmpersand); 8875 8876 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 8877 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 8878 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 8879 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 8880 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 8881 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 8882 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 8883 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 8884 bool IsParameter); 8885 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 8886 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 8887 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 8888 bool AtArgumentExpression); 8889 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 8890 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 8891 bool AtArgumentExpression, 8892 bool IsSuper = false); 8893 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 8894 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 8895 bool AtArgumentExpression, 8896 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); 8897 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 8898 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 8899 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 8900 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 8901 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 8902 unsigned NumProtocols); 8903 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 8904 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 8905 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 8906 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 8907 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 8908 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 8909 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 8910 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 8911 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 8912 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 8913 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 8914 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 8915 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 8916 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 8917 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 8918 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 8919 bool IsInstanceMethod, 8920 ParsedType ReturnType); 8921 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 8922 bool IsInstanceMethod, 8923 bool AtParameterName, 8924 ParsedType ReturnType, 8925 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 8926 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 8927 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 8928 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 8929 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 8930 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 8931 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 8932 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 8933 unsigned Argument); 8934 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 8935 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 8936 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 8937 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 8938 //@} 8939 8940 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8941 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 8942 8943 public: 8944 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 8945 unsigned ByteNo) const; 8946 8947 private: 8948 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 8949 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, 8950 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 8951 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 8952 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 8953 // FunctionDeclaration. 8954 struct FormatStringInfo { 8955 unsigned FormatIdx; 8956 unsigned FirstDataArg; 8957 bool HasVAListArg; 8958 }; 8959 8960 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 8961 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 8962 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 8963 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 8964 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 8965 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 8966 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 8967 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 8968 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 8969 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 8970 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 8971 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 8972 SourceLocation Loc); 8973 8974 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 8975 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction, 8976 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 8977 VariadicCallType CallType); 8978 8979 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 8980 8981 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 8982 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8983 8984 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, 8985 unsigned MaxWidth); 8986 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8987 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8988 8989 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8990 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8991 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8992 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8993 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 8994 8995 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall); 8996 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 8997 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 8998 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call); 8999 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 9000 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 9001 9002 public: 9003 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 9004 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 9005 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9006 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 9007 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 9008 9009 private: 9010 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 9011 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); 9012 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); 9013 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 9014 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 9015 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 9016 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 9017 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 9018 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 9019 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 9020 llvm::APSInt &Result); 9021 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 9022 int Low, int High); 9023 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, 9024 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, 9025 bool AllowName); 9026 public: 9027 enum FormatStringType { 9028 FST_Scanf, 9029 FST_Printf, 9030 FST_NSString, 9031 FST_Strftime, 9032 FST_Strfmon, 9033 FST_Kprintf, 9034 FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, 9035 FST_OSTrace, 9036 FST_Unknown 9037 }; 9038 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 9039 9040 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 9041 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 9042 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 9043 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 9044 VariadicCallType CallType, 9045 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 9046 9047 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); 9048 9049 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); 9050 9051 private: 9052 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 9053 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 9054 bool IsCXXMember, 9055 VariadicCallType CallType, 9056 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 9057 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 9058 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 9059 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 9060 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 9061 VariadicCallType CallType, 9062 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 9063 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 9064 9065 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, 9066 const FunctionDecl *FDecl, 9067 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo); 9068 9069 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 9070 unsigned BId, 9071 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 9072 9073 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 9074 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 9075 9076 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 9077 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 9078 9079 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 9080 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 9081 bool isObjCMethod = false, 9082 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, 9083 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); 9084 9085 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 9086 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 9087 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); 9088 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 9089 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 9090 9091 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 9092 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 9093 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 9094 bool IsConstexpr = false); 9095 9096 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 9097 Expr *Init); 9098 9099 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' 9100 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. 9101 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); 9102 9103 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which 9104 /// attempts to add itself into the container 9105 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); 9106 9107 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 9108 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 9109 bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 9110 public: 9111 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 9112 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 9113 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 9114 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 9115 9116 struct TypeTagData { TypeTagDataTypeTagData9117 TypeTagData() {} 9118 TypeTagDataTypeTagData9119 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 9120 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 9121 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 9122 {} 9123 9124 QualType Type; 9125 9126 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 9127 /// layout-compatibility. 9128 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 9129 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 9130 }; 9131 9132 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 9133 /// identifies the magic value. 9134 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 9135 9136 private: 9137 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 9138 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> 9139 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 9140 9141 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 9142 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 9143 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 9144 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 9145 9146 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 9147 /// 9148 /// The parser maintains this state here. 9149 Scope *CurScope; 9150 9151 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 9152 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 9153 9154 /// Nullability type specifiers. 9155 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; 9156 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; 9157 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; 9158 9159 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; 9160 9161 protected: 9162 friend class Parser; 9163 friend class InitializationSequence; 9164 friend class ASTReader; 9165 friend class ASTDeclReader; 9166 friend class ASTWriter; 9167 9168 public: 9169 /// Retrieve the keyword associated 9170 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); 9171 9172 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. 9173 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; 9174 9175 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". 9176 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); 9177 9178 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 9179 /// 9180 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 9181 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 9182 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 9183 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 9184 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 9185 /// template substitution or instantiation. getCurScope()9186 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 9187 incrementMSManglingNumber()9188 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { 9189 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); 9190 } 9191 9192 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 9193 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 9194 9195 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 9196 getCurLexicalContext()9197 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 9198 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 9199 } 9200 9201 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 9202 getCurObjCLexicalContext()9203 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 9204 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 9205 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 9206 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 9207 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 9208 return DC; 9209 } 9210 9211 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to 9212 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. 9213 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, 9214 bool PartialOverloading = false) { 9215 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. 9216 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) 9217 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. 9218 return NumArgs > NumParams; 9219 } 9220 9221 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class 9222 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. 9223 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; 9224 }; 9225 9226 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 9227 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 9228 Sema &Actions; 9229 9230 public: 9231 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 9232 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 9233 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, 9234 bool IsDecltype = false) Actions(Actions)9235 : Actions(Actions) { 9236 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 9237 IsDecltype); 9238 } 9239 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 9240 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 9241 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 9242 bool IsDecltype = false) Actions(Actions)9243 : Actions(Actions) { 9244 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 9245 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 9246 IsDecltype); 9247 } 9248 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext()9249 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 9250 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 9251 } 9252 }; 9253 9254 DeductionFailureInfo 9255 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 9256 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 9257 9258 /// \brief Contains a late templated function. 9259 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 9260 struct LateParsedTemplate { 9261 CachedTokens Toks; 9262 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 9263 Decl *D; 9264 }; 9265 9266 } // end namespace clang 9267 9268 #endif 9269